MANUZOID
Explore
Explore
Bookmarks
Bosch
Free-standing dishwasher
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher Brief description
Type
Brief description
Brand
Bosch
Size
405.69 KB
Pages
2
Language
English
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher Brief description
Type
Brief description
Brand
Bosch
Size
381.83 KB
Pages
2
Language
English
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher Brief description
Type
Brief description
Brand
Bosch
Size
389.33 KB
Pages
2
Language
English
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher Operating instructions
Type
Operating instructions
Brand
Bosch
Size
6.78 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
64
Language
English
Table of contents
Dishwasher
1
en
2
Table of contents
2
Safety
4
General information
4
Intended use
4
Restriction on user group
4
Safe installation
5
Safe use
6
Damaged appliance
8
Risk to children
9
Safety systems
10
Preventing material damage
11
Safe installation
11
Safe use
11
Childproof lock
12
Door lock
12
Activating the door lock
12
Deactivating the door lock
12
Environmental protection and saving energy
13
Disposing of packaging
13
Saving energy
13
Zeolith drying
13
AquaSensor
13
Sensors
14
Installation and connection
14
Scope of supply
14
Installing and connecting the appliance
14
Drainage connection
15
Installing the drainage connection
15
Drinking water connection
15
Installing the drinking water connection
15
Electrical connection
15
Connecting the appliance to the electricity supply
15
Familiarising yourself with your appliance
17
Appliance
17
Controls
18
Programmes
21
Information for test institutes
23
Additional functions
23
Features
24
Top basket
25
Adjusting top basket with side levers
25
Adjusting top basket with pairs of rollers
25
Bottom basket
26
Cutlery basket
26
Cutlery drawer
26
Reorganising cutlery drawer
27
Etagere
27
Adjusting etagere
27
Folding prongs
28
Folding down prongs
28
Small items holder
28
Knife shelf
29
Baking sheet spray head
29
Inserting baking sheet spray head
29
Removing baking sheet spray head
29
Basket heights
29
Before using for the first time
30
Performing initial start-up
30
Water softening system
30
Overview of water hardness settings
31
Setting water softening system
31
Special salt
31
Adding special salt
31
Switching off water softening system
32
Regeneration of the water softening system
32
Overview of consumption values with regeneration the water softening system
33
Rinse aid system
33
Rinse aid
33
Adding rinse aid
33
Setting the amount of rinse aid
34
Switching rinse aid system off
34
Detergent
34
Suitable detergents
34
Separate detergents
35
Combined detergent
35
Unsuitable detergents
35
Information on detergents
36
Adding detergent
36
Tableware
37
Damage to glass and tableware
37
Arranging tableware
37
Removing tableware
38
Basic operation
38
Opening appliance door
38
Switching on appliance
39
Setting a programme
39
Setting additional functions
39
Setting timer programming
39
Starting the programme
39
Activating button lock
40
Deactivate button lock
40
Interrupting programme
40
Terminate programme
40
Switching off appliance
40
Basic settings
41
Overview of basic settings
41
Changing basic settings
42
Cleaning and servicing
42
Cleaning the tub
42
Self-cleaning interior
43
Cleaning products
43
Tips on appliance care
43
Machine Care
43
Performing Machine Care
43
Filter system
44
Cleaning filters
44
Cleaning spray arms
45
Troubleshooting
46
Appliance safety
46
Appliance safety
46
Error code / Fault display / Signal
46
Error code / Fault display / Signal
46
Washing results
48
Washing results
48
Information on display panel
54
Information on display panel
54
Malfunctions
55
Malfunctions
55
Mechanical damage
56
Mechanical damage
56
Noise
56
Noise
56
Clean wastewater pump
58
Transportation, storage and disposal
58
Removing the appliance
58
Protect appliance from frost
58
Transporting the appliance
59
Disposing of old appliance
59
Customer Service
59
Product number (E-Nr.) and production number (FD)
60
AQUA-STOP guarantee
60
Technical data
60
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher Operating instructions
Type
Operating instructions
Brand
Bosch
Size
6.78 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
64
Language
English
Table of contents
Dishwasher
1
en
2
Table of contents
2
Safety
4
General information
4
Intended use
4
Restriction on user group
4
Safe installation
5
Safe use
6
Damaged appliance
8
Risk to children
9
Safety systems
10
Preventing material damage
11
Safe installation
11
Safe use
11
Childproof lock
12
Door lock
12
Activating the door lock
12
Deactivating the door lock
12
Environmental protection and saving energy
13
Disposing of packaging
13
Saving energy
13
Zeolith drying
13
AquaSensor
13
Sensors
14
Installation and connection
14
Scope of supply
14
Installing and connecting the appliance
14
Drainage connection
15
Installing the drainage connection
15
Drinking water connection
15
Installing the drinking water connection
15
Electrical connection
15
Connecting the appliance to the electricity supply
15
Familiarising yourself with your appliance
17
Appliance
17
Controls
18
Programmes
21
Information for test institutes
23
Additional functions
23
Features
24
Top basket
25
Adjusting top basket with side levers
25
Adjusting top basket with pairs of rollers
25
Bottom basket
26
Cutlery basket
26
Cutlery drawer
26
Reorganising cutlery drawer
27
Etagere
27
Adjusting etagere
27
Folding prongs
28
Folding down prongs
28
Small items holder
28
Knife shelf
29
Baking sheet spray head
29
Inserting baking sheet spray head
29
Removing baking sheet spray head
29
Basket heights
29
Before using for the first time
30
Performing initial start-up
30
Water softening system
30
Overview of water hardness settings
31
Setting water softening system
31
Special salt
31
Adding special salt
31
Switching off water softening system
32
Regeneration of the water softening system
32
Overview of consumption values with regeneration the water softening system
33
Rinse aid system
33
Rinse aid
33
Adding rinse aid
33
Setting the amount of rinse aid
34
Switching rinse aid system off
34
Detergent
34
Suitable detergents
34
Separate detergents
35
Combined detergent
35
Unsuitable detergents
35
Information on detergents
36
Adding detergent
36
Tableware
37
Damage to glass and tableware
37
Arranging tableware
37
Removing tableware
38
Basic operation
38
Opening appliance door
38
Switching on appliance
39
Setting a programme
39
Setting additional functions
39
Setting timer programming
39
Starting the programme
39
Activating button lock
40
Deactivate button lock
40
Interrupting programme
40
Terminate programme
40
Switching off appliance
40
Basic settings
41
Overview of basic settings
41
Changing basic settings
42
Cleaning and servicing
42
Cleaning the tub
42
Self-cleaning interior
43
Cleaning products
43
Tips on appliance care
43
Machine Care
43
Performing Machine Care
43
Filter system
44
Cleaning filters
44
Cleaning spray arms
45
Troubleshooting
46
Appliance safety
46
Appliance safety
46
Error code / Fault display / Signal
46
Error code / Fault display / Signal
46
Washing results
48
Washing results
48
Information on display panel
54
Information on display panel
54
Malfunctions
55
Malfunctions
55
Mechanical damage
56
Mechanical damage
56
Noise
56
Noise
56
Clean wastewater pump
58
Transportation, storage and disposal
58
Removing the appliance
58
Protect appliance from frost
58
Transporting the appliance
59
Disposing of old appliance
59
Customer Service
59
Product number (E-Nr.) and production number (FD)
60
AQUA-STOP guarantee
60
Technical data
60
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher Operating instructions
Type
Operating instructions
Brand
Bosch
Size
6.76 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
64
Language
English
Table of contents
Dishwasher
1
en
2
Table of contents
2
Safety
4
General information
4
Intended use
4
Restriction on user group
4
Safe installation
5
Safe use
6
Damaged appliance
8
Risk to children
9
Safety systems
10
Preventing material damage
11
Safe installation
11
Safe use
11
Childproof lock
12
Door lock
12
Activating the door lock
12
Deactivating the door lock
12
Environmental protection and saving energy
13
Disposing of packaging
13
Saving energy
13
AquaSensor
13
Installation and connection
13
Scope of supply
13
Installing and connecting the appliance
14
Drainage connection
14
Installing the drainage connection
14
Drinking water connection
14
Installing the drinking water connection
14
Electrical connection
15
Connecting the appliance to the electricity supply
15
Familiarising yourself with your appliance
16
Appliance
16
Controls
17
Programmes
19
Information for test institutes
21
Additional functions
21
Features
22
Top basket
23
Adjusting top basket with side levers
23
Adjusting top basket with pairs of rollers
23
Bottom basket
24
Cutlery basket
24
Cutlery drawer
24
Reorganising cutlery drawer
25
Etagere
25
Adjusting etagere
25
Folding prongs
26
Folding down prongs
26
Small items holder
26
Knife shelf
27
Baking sheet spray head
27
Inserting baking sheet spray head
27
Removing baking sheet spray head
27
Basket heights
27
Before using for the first time
28
Performing initial start-up
28
Water softening system
28
Overview of water hardness settings
29
Setting water softening system
29
Special salt
29
Adding special salt
29
Switching off water softening system
30
Regeneration of the water softening system
30
Overview of consumption values with regeneration the water softening system
31
Rinse aid system
31
Rinse aid
31
Adding rinse aid
31
Setting the amount of rinse aid
32
Switching rinse aid system off
32
Detergent
33
Suitable detergents
33
Separate detergents
33
Combined detergent
33
Unsuitable detergents
34
Information on detergents
34
Adding detergent
34
Tableware
35
Damage to glass and tableware
35
Arrange tableware
36
Removing tableware
37
Basic operation
37
Opening appliance door
37
Switching on the appliance
37
Setting a programme
37
Setting additional functions
38
Setting timer programming
38
Starting the programme
38
Activating button lock
38
Deactivate button lock
38
Interrupting programme
38
Terminate programme
39
Switching off appliance
39
Basic settings
40
Overview of basic settings
40
Changing basic settings
41
Cleaning and servicing
41
Cleaning the tub
41
Self-cleaning interior
42
Cleaning products
42
Tips on appliance care
42
Machine Care
42
Performing Machine Care
42
Filter system
43
Cleaning filters
43
Cleaning spray arms
44
Troubleshooting
45
Appliance safety
45
Appliance safety
45
Error code / Fault display / Signal
46
Error code / Fault display / Signal
46
Washing results
48
Washing results
48
Information on display panel
55
Information on display panel
55
Malfunctions
55
Malfunctions
55
Mechanical damage
56
Mechanical damage
56
Noise
57
Noise
57
Clean wastewater pump
58
Transportation, storage and disposal
58
Removing the appliance
58
Protect appliance from frost
58
Transporting the appliance
59
Disposing of old appliance
59
Customer Service
59
Product number (E-Nr.) and production number (FD)
60
AQUA-STOP guarantee
60
Technical specifications
60
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher Owner's manual
Type
Owner's manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.16 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
28
Language
English
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher Owner's manual
Type
Owner's manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.28 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
2
( Safety instructions
2
Safety instructions
2
Children from 8 years of age or people whose physical, sensory or mental abilities or their lack of experience or knowledge prevent them from using the appliance safely must not use this appliance without supervision or instruction by a responsible p...
2
Before you switch ON the appliance
2
Please read the operating and installation instructions carefully. They contain important information on how to install, use and maintain the appliance.
2
Retain all documents for subsequent use or for the next owner.
2
Delivery
3
1. Check the packaging and dishwasher immediately for damage caused in transit. Do not switch on a damaged appliance, but contact your supplier.
3
2. Please dispose of the packaging material in an environmentally friendly manner.
3
3. Do not let children play with packaging and its parts. There is a risk of suffocation from collapsible boxes and film.
3
Installation
3
In daily use
4
Read and observe the safety information and instructions for use on the packaging for cleaning and rinsing agents.
4
Childproof lock (door lock)Door lock *
4
The description of the childproof lock is at the back in the envelope.
4
* depending on model
4
Childproof lock (button lock)Button lock
4
You can secure your appliance from being unintentionally the programme terminated (e.g. improper operation by children).
4
Activating the button lock:
4
1. Start the required programme.
4
2. Hold down the button + for approx. 4 sec. until this ’– is indicated on the digital display.
4
If any button is pressed while the programme is running, this ’– is indicated on the digital display. It is not possible to end (Reset) the programme.
4
Deactivating the button lock:
5
When the programme ends (‹:‹‹ on the digital display), the button lock is cancelled. If there is a power failure, the button lock is retained. Whenever a programme is restarted, the button lock must be reactivated.
5
Damage
5
Disposal
5
1. Make redundant appliances unusable to prevent subsequent accidents.
5
2. Dispose of the appliance in a n environmentally friendly manner.
5
m Warning
5
Risk of injury!
5
â– To prevent injuries, e.g. caused by stumbling, open the dishwasher only briefly in order to load and unload the dishwasher.
5
â– Knives and other utensils with sharp points must be placed in the cutlery basket with the points downwards or horizontally on the knife shelf*.
5
â– Do not lean or sit on the open door.
5
â– In the case of free-standing appliances, ensure that the baskets are not overloaded.
5
â– If the appliance is not in a cavity and a side panel is accessible, the door hinge area must be covered at the side for reasons of safety (risk of injury). The covers are available as optional accessories from customer service or specialist outlets.
5
m Warning
5
Risk of explosion!
5
m Warning
6
Risk of scalding!
6
m Warning
6
Risks to children!
6
â– If fitted, use the childproof lock. An exact description can be found in the back of the enve lope.
6
â– Do not allow children to play with or operate the appliance.
6
â– Keep children away from detergents and rinse aid. These may cause chemical burns in the mouth, throat and eyes or asphyxiation.
6
â– Keep children away from open dishwasher. The water in the rinsing compartment is not drinking water and could contain detergent residue.
6
â– Ensure that children do not place fingers in the tablet collecting tray 1:. Small fingers could become caught in the slots.
6
â– When opening and closing the door on an eye-level appliance, ensure that children do not become jammed or crushed between the appliance door and the cupboard door below.
6
â– Children could become locked in the appliance (danger of suffocation) or get into another dangerous situation.
6
7 Protection of the environment
7
Protection of the environment
7
Both the packaging of new appliances and the old appliances themselves contain valuable raw materials and recyclable materials.
7
Please dispose of the individual parts separated according to type.
7
Please ask your dealer or inquire at your local authority about current means of disposal.
7
Packaging
7
All plastic parts of the appliance are identified with internationally standardised abbreviations (e.g. >PS< polystyrene). Therefore, plastic waste can be sorted out when the appliance is being disposed of.
7
Please follow the safety instructions under “Delivery”.
7
Old appliances
7
Please follow the safety instructions under “Disposal of your appliance”.
7
This appliance is labelled in accordance with European Directive 2012/19/EU concerning used electrical and electronic appliances (waste electrical and electronic equipment - WEEE). The guideline determines the framework for the return and recycling o...
7
* Getting to know your appliance
7
Getting to know your appliance
7
Diagrams of the control panel and the interior of the appliance can be found in the envelope at the front.
7
Individual positions are referred to in the text.
7
Control panel
7
ON/OFF switch
7
Programme buttons **
7
Display “Check water supply”
7
Salt refill indicator
7
Rinse aid refill indicator
7
Door opener
7
Timer programming *
7
Additional options **
7
START button
7
Programme sequence indicator
7
Digital display
7
* depending on model
7
** Number depending on model
7
Appliance interior
8
Interior light *
8
Top basket
8
Knife shelf *
8
Tablet collecting tray
8
Top spray arm
8
Bottom spray arm
8
Dispenser for special salt
8
Filters
8
Cutlery basket
8
Bottom basket
8
Dispenser for rinse aid
8
Detergent dispenser
8
Lock for detergent dispenser
8
Rating plate
8
* depending on model
8
Overview of menu
8
The settings can be found in the individual chapters.
8
Water Hardness •:‹‹ - •:‹ˆ
8
Intensive drying š:‹‹ - š:‹‚
8
Rinse aid §:‹‹ - §:‹‡
8
Hot water ‘:‹‹ - ‘:‹‚
8
Automatic disconnection ˜:‹‹ - ˜:‹ƒ
8
+ Water softening system/Special salt
8
Water softening system/Special salt
8
To ensure good washing results, the dishwasher requires soft water, i.e. containing low amounts of lime, otherwise white limescale will be deposited on the utensils and inner container.
8
Tap water above 1.2 mmol/l must be softened. The water is softened with special salt (regeneration salt) in the water softening system of the dishwasher.
8
The setting and therefore the required amount of salt depends on the degree of hardness of your tap water (see table).
8
Setting
8
The amount of salt dispensed can be set from •:‹‹ to •:‹ˆ.
8
Salt is not required at the set value •:‹‹.
8
1. Find out about the hardness value of your tap water. Your water utility company will help you with this.
8
2. Set value can be found in the water hardness table.
8
3. Close the door.
8
4. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
8
5. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
8
6. Release both buttons.
8
To change the setting:
9
1. Press programme button 3.
9
2. Press START button h.
9
Water hardness table
9
Using special salt
9
Always refill with special salt immediately before switching on the appliance. This ensures that overrun special salt solution is immediately washed out and does not corrode the rinsing tank.
9
1. Open the screw-type cap of the compartment 1R.
9
2. Fill the tank with water (only required when switching on the appliance for the first time).
9
3. Then add dishwasher salt (not table salt or tablets).
9
As soon as the salt refill indicator @ on the fascia is lit, top up the salt.
9
* depending on model
9
Using detergents with salt componentDetergents with salt component
9
If combined detergents with a salt component are used, salt can usually be omitted up to a water hardness of 21° dH (37° fH, 26° Clarke, 3.7 mmol/ l). If the water hardness is over 21° dH, special salt must be used.
9
Switching off salt refill indicator/water softening systemSwitching off water softening system
9
If the salt refill indicator @ is impaired (e.g. when using combined detergents containing salt component), it can be switched off.
9
m Caution
10
, Rinse aid
10
Rinse aid
10
As soon as the rinse-aid refill indicator H is lit on the fascia, there is still a rinse-aid reserve of 1-2 rinsing processes. Refill with rinse aid.
10
The rinse aid is required for stain-free utensils and clear glasses. Use only rinse aid for domestic dishwashers.
10
Combined detergents with rinse-aid component may be used up to a water hardness of 21° dH (37° fH, 26° Clarke, 3.7 mmol/l) only. If the water hardness is over 21° dH, rinse aid must be used.
10
1. Open the dispenser 9" by pressing and lifting the plate on the cover.
10
2. Carefully pour rinse aid up to the max. mark in the filler opening.
10
3. Close cover until it clicks shut.
10
4. To prevent excessive foam formation during the next rinse cycle, remove any rinse aid which has run over with a cloth.
10
Setting amount of rinse aid
10
The amount of rinse aid can be set from §:‹‹ to §:‹‡. Please set rinse aid on §:‹† to obtain very good drying results (§:‹† is already set in factory).
10
Change this setting, only if streaks (select lower setting) or water stains (select higher setting) are left on the utensils.
10
1. Close the door.
10
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
10
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
10
4. Release both buttons.
10
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value §:‹† is indicated on the digital display )*.
10
To change the setting:
11
1. Press programme button 3.
11
2. Press START button h.
11
Switching off rinse aid refill indicator
11
If the rinse-aid refill indicator H is impaired (e.g. when using combined detergents containing rinse aid component), it can be switched off.
11
The rinse aid refill indicator H is now switched off.
11
- Utensils
11
Utensils
11
Not suitable
11
Aluminium and silver parts have a tendency to discolour and fade during the wash cycle. Even some types of glass (e.g. crystal glass objects) may turn cloudy after many wash cycles.
11
Glass and utensil damage
11
Causes:
11
Recommendation:
11
Loading the dishwasher
11
1. Remove large food remnants. It is not necessary to prerinse utensils under running water.
11
2. Place the utensils so that
11
Very small utensils should not be washed in the machine, as they may fall out of the baskets.
11
Unloading the dishwasher
12
To prevent water from dripping off the upper basket onto the utensils in the lower basket, it is recommended to empty the appliance from the bottom up.
12
Hot utensils are sensitive to shock! Therefore, when the programme ends, leave the utensils to cool down in the dishwasher until they can be handled.
12
Note
12
Cups and glasses
12
Top basket 1*
12
Pans
12
Bottom basket 1j
12
Tip
12
Tip
12
Cutlery basket
13
You should always place cutlery unsorted with the points downwards.
13
To prevent injuries, place long, pointed implements and knives on the knife shelf.
13
EtagereEtagere *
13
The etagere and the space underneath can be used for small cups and glasses or for larger items of cutlery, such as wooden spoons or serving cutlery. The etagere can be folded up if not required.
13
* Depending on the model, a 3-fold height adjustment is possible. To do this, first place the etagere vertically and pull up, then place at a slight angle, push down to the required height (1, 2, or 3) and snap into place.
13
Folding spikesFolding spikes *
13
* depending on model
13
The spikes can be folded down to improve arrangement of pans, bowls and glasses.
13
Small accessories holder *Small accessories holder
13
* depending on model
13
Light-weight plastic accessories, e.g. cups, lids, etc. can be held securely in the small accessories holder.
13
Knife shelf *Knife shelf
14
* depending on model
14
Long knives and other utensils can be arranged horizontally.
14
Adjusting the height of the basketAdjusting the height of the basket *
14
* depending on model
14
If required, the height of the upper utensils basket 1* can be adjusted to provide more space for tall utensils either in the upper or lower basket.
14
Appliance height 81.5 cm
14
22 cm
14
30 cm
14
24.5 cm
14
27.5 cm
14
27 cm
14
25 cm
14
Appliance height 86.5 cm
14
24 cm
14
33 cm
14
26.5 cm
14
30.5 cm
14
29 cm
14
28 cm
14
Select one of the two following procedures according to the design of the top basket for your appliance model:
14
Top basket with side levers
14
1. Pull out the top basket 1* out.
14
2. To lower the basket, press in the left and then the right lever on the outside of the basket. In doing so, hold the sides of the basket along the upper edge to prevent it from suddenly dropping.
14
3. To raise the basket, hold the basket on the sides of the upper edge and lift it up.
14
4. Before re-inserting the basket again, ensure that it is at the same height on both sides. Otherwise, the appliance door cannot be closed and the upper spray arm will not be connected to the water circuit.
14
Top basket with upper and lower roller pairs
14
1. Pull out the top basket 1* out.
14
2. Remove the upper basket and re- attach it to the upper (stage 3) or lower (stage 1) rollers.
14
. Detergent
15
Detergent
15
You can use tablets as well as powder or liquid detergents for dishwashers, but never use washing up liquid. The dosage can be individually adjusted with powder or a liquid detergent according to the degree of soiling. Tablets contain an adequately l...
15
Note
15
m Warning
15
Adding detergent
15
1. If the detergent dispenser 9* is still closed, press the lock 92 to open the detergent dispenser.
15
2. Close the cover on the detergent dispenser by sliding it up until the lock engages without difficulty.
15
Tip
16
Combination detergent
16
Apart from conventional detergents (Solo), a number of products are offered with additional functions. These products contain not only the detergent but also rinse-aid and salt replacement substances (3in1) and, depending on the combination (4in1, 5i...
16
As soon as combined detergents are used, the rinse programme is adjusted automatically to ensure the best possible rinsing and drying result.
16
m Warning
16
m Warning
16
Notes
16
Overview of programmes
17
The max. possible number of programmes is illustrated in this overview. The corresponding programmes and their arrangement can be found on the fascia.
17
Type of utensils
17
Type of soiling
17
Programme
17
Possible additional options
17
Programme sequence
17
Programme selection
17
You can select a suitable programme according to the type of utensils and degree of soiling.
17
Information for test institutes
18
Test institutes receive the information for comparability tests (e.g. according to EN60436).
18
These are the conditions for conducting the tests, however these are not the results or consumption values.
18
Request by e-mail to:
18
[email protected]
18
The product number (E no.) and the production number (FD) are required which you can find on the rating plate 9: on the appliance door.
18
TurboSpeed 20 min.TurboSpeed 20 min. - especially quick rinsing programme with one-off preheating*
18
* depending on model
18
The appliance is heated up once (approx. 25 min.), then the appliance is loaded and several quick rinse cycles (20 min. each) can run in succession.
18
Note
18
Please read the operation carefully, the programme differs from the other programmes.
18
1. Close the door.
18
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
18
3. Select programme TurboSpeed 20 min.
18
4. Press START button h.
18
5. As soon as p (p = Load) flashes, open and load the appliance and start the rinsing phase by pressing the START button h.
18
6. As soon as ‹:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*, the rinse cycle has ended.
18
7. Remove utensils.
18
8. If more rinse cycles are required, reload dishwasher and press the START button.
18
9. If no more rinse cycles are required, switch off ON/OFF switch (.
18
0 Additional options
19
Additional options
19
* depending on model
19
Additional options can be set with the buttons `.
19
Express Wash/ Speed Perfect (VarioSpeed)Ÿ Express Wash/ Speed Perfect/ (VarioSpeed) *
19
This function can reduce the running time by approx. 20% to 50% depending on the selected rinse programme. The change in the running time is indicated on the digital display )*. To obtain optimum cleaning results at a reduced running time, water and ...
19
Half load§ Half load *
19
If you have only a few items to wash (e.g. glasses, cups, plates), you can switch to “half load”. This will save water, energy and time. It is recommended to put a little less detergent in the detergent dispenser than for a full load.
19
· Hygiene *Hygiene
19
The temperature is increased during the cleaning process. This increases the hygiene status. This additional option is ideal for cleaning e.g. chopping boards and baby bottles.
19
Ï Intensive zone *Intensive zone
19
Perfect for a mixed load. You can wash very soiled pots and pans in the lower basket together with normally soiled utensils in the upper basket. The spray pressure in the lower basket is intensified, the rinsing temperature is increased slightly.
19
¿ Extra drying *Extra drying
19
An increased temperature during the final rinse and an extended drying phase ensure that even plastic parts dry better. There is a slight increase in the energy consumption.
19
1 Operating the appliance
20
Operating the appliance
20
Programme data
20
The programme data (consumption values) can be found in the summary of instructions. They refer to normal conditions and the water hardness set value •:‹…. Different influencing factors such as e.g. water temperature or line pressure may result...
20
Aqua sensorAqua sensor *
20
* depending on model
20
The Aqua sensor is an optical measuring device (light barrier) which measures the turbidity of the rinsing water.
20
The Aqua sensor is used according to the programme. If the Aqua sensor is active, “clean” rinsing water can be transferred to the next rinse bath and water consumption can be reduced by 3–6 litres. If the turbidity is greater, the water is drai...
20
Switching on the appliance
20
1. Turn on the tap fully.
20
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
20
3. Press the START button h.
20
Note
20
Programme TurboSpeed 20 min.:
20
When the START button h is pressed the first time, the heating up phase (approx. 25 min., irrespective of the initial situation) of the appliance starts. After the appliance has been opened, loaded and closed, the rinsing phase (20 min.) starts when ...
20
Programme sequence indicatorProgramme sequence indicator )"
21
Your dishes are being cleaned.
21
Your dishes are being rinsed.
21
Your dishes are being dried.
21
Remaining running time display
21
When the programme is selected, the remaining running time of the programme is indicated on the digital display )*.
21
The running time is determined during the programme by the water temperature, the number of utensils as well as the degree of soiling and may vary (depending on the selected programme).
21
Programme TurboSpeed 20 min.:
21
During the heating up phase • and the remaining running time are indicated alternately on the digital display; at the end p flashes, indicating that the appliance can be opened and loaded. When the appliance has been restarted, the remaining runnin...
21
Timer programmingTimer programming *
21
* depending on model
21
You can delay the start of the programme in 1-hour steps up to 24 hours.
21
1. Close the door.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Press button X + until the digital display )* jumps to œ:‹‚.
21
4. Press X + or – button until the displayed time corresponds with your requirements.
21
5. Press START button h, timer programming is activated.
21
6. To delete timer programming, press the X + or – button until )* œ:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display.
21
End of programme
21
The programme has ended when the value ‹:‹‹ is indicated on the numerical display )*.
21
The following applies to TurboSpeed 20 min.:
21
As soon as ‹:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*, the rinse cycle has ended. When the appliance door has been opened, p is indicated on the digital display. If no further rinse cycle is required, switch off the appliance with the ON/OFF s...
21
Automatic switch off after end of programme or interior light*Automatic switch off / interior light
22
* depending on model
22
To save energy, the dishwasher can be automatically switched off 1 min or 120 min after the programme ends.
22
The setting can be selected from ˜:‹‹ to ˜:‹ƒ.
22
Appliance does not switch off automatically.
22
The interior light 1" comes on when the door is opened irrespective of whether the ON/OFF switch ( is switched on or off. When the door is closed the light is off. If the door is open for longer than 60 min., the light switches off automatically. The...
22
Appliance switches off after 1 min.
22
Appliance switches off after 120 min.
22
1. Close the door.
22
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
22
4. Release both buttons.
22
5. Keep pressing programme button # until the value ˜:‹... is indicated on the numerical display )*.
22
To change the setting:
22
1. Press programme button 3.
22
2. Press START button h.
22
Switching off the appliance
22
Short time after the end of the programme:
22
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
22
2. Turn off the tap (not applicable if Aqua-Stop fitted).
22
3. Remove the utensils when they have cooled down.
22
Note
22
In the case of the TurboSpeed 20 min. programme switch off if no further rinse cycle is to follow.
22
Interrupting the programme
23
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
23
2. To continue the programme, switch on the ON/OFF switch ( again.
23
Terminating the programmeTerminating the programme (Reset)
23
1. Press START button h for approx. 3 sec.
23
2. The programme sequence lasts approx. 1 min. On the digital display )* is indicated ‹:‹‹.
23
3. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
23
Changing the programme
23
When the START button h has been pressed, the programme cannot be changed.
23
The only way a programme can be changed is by Cancel programme (Reset).
23
Intensive drying
23
The final rinse uses a higher temperature which improves the drying result. The running time may increase slightly. (Caution if utensils are delicate!)
23
1. Close the door.
23
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
23
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until the digital display )* •:‹... is indicated.
23
4. Release both buttons.
23
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value š:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*.
23
To change the setting,
23
1. Press the button 3 to switch the Intensive drying on š:‹‚ or off š:‹‹.
23
2. Press START button h.
23
2 Cleaning and maintenance
24
Cleaning and maintenance
24
A regular inspection and maintenance of your machine will help to prevent faults. This saves time and prevents problems.
24
Overall condition of the machine
24
If you find such deposits:
24
Clean the appliance with detergents/ appliance cleaners which are particularly suitable for use with dishwashers.
24
Never use a steam cleaner to clean your dishwasher. The manufacturer is not liable for any consequential damage.
24
Regularly wipe the front of the appliance and fascia with a damp cloth; water and a little washing up liquid are adequate. Do not use sponges with a rough surface or abrasive detergents, as these could scratch the surfaces.
24
Stainless steel appliances: To prevent corrosion, avoid using sponge cloths or wash them out thoroughly several times before using for the first time.
24
m Warning
24
Health hazard
24
Special salt and rinse aid
24
Filters
25
The filters 1Z keep large foreign objects in the rinsing water away from the pump. These foreign objects may occasionally block the filters.
25
The filter system consists of a coarse filter, a flat fine filter and a microfilter.
25
1. After each washing cycle check the filters for residue.
25
2. Unscrew filter cylinder as illustrated and take out filter system.
25
3. Remove any residue and clean filters under running water.
25
4. Re-install filter system in reverse sequence and ensure that the arrow marks are opposite each other after closing the filter system.
25
Spray arms
25
Limescale and contaminants in the rinsing water may block nozzles and bearings on the spray arms 1B and 1J.
25
1. Check outlet nozzles on the spray arms for blockages.
25
2. Unscrew the upper spray arm 1B.
25
3. Remove the lower spray arm 1J upwards.
25
4. Clean spray arms under running water.
25
5. Re-engage or screw on spray arms.
25
3 Fault, what to do?
26
Fault, what to do?
26
Experience has shown that you can rectify most faults which occur in daily operation yourself. This ensures that the machine is quickly available to you again. In the following overview you can find possible causes of malfunctions and helpful informa...
26
Note
26
m Warning
26
Waste water pump
26
Large food remnants or foreign objects which were not captured by the filters may block the waste water pump. The rinsing water will then be above the filter.
26
m Warning
26
Risk of cuts!
26
In this case:
26
1. First always disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
26
2. Take out top basket 1* and bottom basket 1j.
26
3. Remove the filters 1Z.
26
4. Scoop out water, use a sponge if required.
26
5. Prise out the white pump cover (as illustrated) using a spoon. Grip the cover on the crosspiece and lift diagonally inwards. Remove cover completely.
26
6. Check impeller wheel and remove any foreign objects.
26
7. Place cover in the original position and press down until it engages (click).
26
8. Install filters.
26
9. Re-insert baskets.
26
Fault table
27
Fault
27
Cause
27
Remedial action
27
4 Customer service
35
Customer service
35
If you are unable to rectify the fault, please contact your customer service. We always find a suitable solution, even to avoid unnecessary visits by technicians. Contact information for your nearest customer service can be found on the back of these...
35
Rely on the competence of the manufa cturer. Contact us. You can therefore be sure that the repair is carried out by trained service technicians who carry original spare parts for your domestic appliances.
35
5 Installation and connection
35
Installation and connection
35
The dishwasher must be connected correctly, otherwise it will not function properly. The specifications for the inlet and outlet as well as the electrical connected loads must correspond with the required criteria as specified in the following paragr...
35
Install the appliance in the correct sequence:
35
1. Checking appliance on delivery
35
2. Installing the appliance
35
3. Waste water connection
35
4. Drinking water connection
35
5. Electrical connection
35
Product package
35
If you have any complaints, contact the dealer where you purchased the appliance or our customer service.
35
* depending on model
35
Safety instructions
35
Please follow the safety instructions under “Installation”.
35
Delivery
36
Your dishwasher has been checked thoroughly in the factory to ensure that it is in working order. This may cause small water stains. These will disappear after the first wash cycle.
36
Technical specifications
36
Weight:
36
max. 60 kg
36
Voltage:
36
220–240 V, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
36
Connected load:
36
2.0–2.4 kW
36
Fuse:
36
10/16 A (UK 13A)
36
Power input:
36
switched off 0.10 W
36
not switched off 0.10 W
36
Water pressure:
36
at least 0.05 MPa (0.5 bar), maximum 1 MPa (10 bar). At a higher water pressure: connect pressure-reducing valve ahead.
36
Inlet rate:
36
minimum 10 litres/minute
36
Water temperature:
36
cold water; hot water max. temperature 60 °C.
36
Capacity:
36
12–15 place settings (depending on model).
36
Installation
36
The required installation dimensions can be found in the installation instructions. Level the appliance with the aid of the height-adjustable feet. Ensure that the appliance is situated securely on the floor.
36
Waste-water connection
36
1. The required work sequence can be found in the installation instructions. If required, fit a siphon with an drainage connection.
36
2. Connect the waste-water hose to the drainage connection of the siphon with the enclosed parts.
36
Drinking water connection
37
1. Fasten the drinking water connection to the tap according to the installation instructions using the enclosed parts.
37
2. When replacing the appliance, always use a new water supply hose.
37
Water pressure:
37
At least 0.05 MPa (0.5 bar), maximum 1 MPa (10 bar). At a higher water pressure: connect pressure-reducing valve ahead.
37
Inlet rate:
37
Minimum 10 litres/minute
37
Water temperature:
37
Cold water; hot water max. temperature 60 °C.
37
Warm water connection *Warm water connection
37
* depending on model
37
The dishwasher can be connected to cold or hot water up to max. 60 °C.
37
Connection to hot water is recommended if the hot water can be supplied by energetically favourable means and from a suitable installation, e.g. solar heating system with circulation line.
37
This will save energy and time.
37
The hot water setting ‘:‹‚ allows you to adjust your appliance optimally to operation with hot water.
37
It is recommended to have a water temperature (temperature of the incoming water) of at least 40 °C and no more than 60 °C.
37
It is not recommended to connect the appliance to hot water if the water is supplied from an electric boiler.
37
Setting hot water:
37
1. Close the door.
37
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
37
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
37
4. Release both buttons.
37
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ‘:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*.
37
To change the setting:
37
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the hot water setting off ‘:‹‹ or on ‘:‹‚.
37
2. Press START button h.
37
Electrical connection
37
Removing the appliance
38
Also observe the sequence of worksteps here.
38
1. Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
38
2. Turn off the water supply.
38
3. Undo the waste water and drinking water connection.
38
4. Loosen fastening screws for the furniture parts.
38
5. If fitted, remove the base panel.
38
6. Pull out the appliance, carefully pulling the hose behind.
38
Transportation
38
Empty the dishwasher and secure loose parts.
38
Drain the appliance according to the following steps:
38
1. Turn on the tap.
38
2. Close the door.
38
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
38
4. Select programme with the highest temperature.
38
5. Press START button h.
38
6. After approx. 4 minutes press the START button h until ‹:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display.
38
7. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
38
8. Turn off the tap, disconnect supply hose and drain water.
38
Transport appliance upright only.
38
(This prevents residual water from running into the machine control and damaging the programme sequence.)
38
Protection against frostProtection against frost (Emptying the appliance)
38
If the appliance is in a room where there is a risk of frost (e.g. holiday home), empty the appliance completely (see Transportation).
38
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher Owner's manual
Type
Owner's manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
277.55 KB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
2
Language
German, Greek, English, Spanish, French, Italian, Dutch, Portuguese
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher Owner's manual
Type
Owner's manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.18 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
28
Language
English
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher Owner's manual
Type
Owner's manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.22 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
28
Language
English
Table of contents
Safety instructions 4
1
Getting to know your appliance 5
1
Water softening system 6
1
Special salt $ 7
1
Rinse aid % 8
1
Utensils 9
1
Detergent 12
1
Overview of programmes 14
1
Additional options 15
1
Washing the dishes 15
1
Maintenance and care 17
1
Troubleshooting 19
1
Customer service 22
1
Installation 22
1
Waste disposal 25
1
Safety instructions
2
Before you switch ON the appliance
2
Delivery
2
Installation
2
In daily use
2
Children in the household
2
Childproof lock (door lock)Door lock *
2
Childproof lock (button lock)Button lock
3
Damage
3
Disposal
3
Getting to know your appliance
3
Control panel
3
Appliance interior
3
Water softening system
4
Setting
4
Water hardness table
4
Special salt $
5
Using special salt
5
Detergents with salt componentUsing detergents with salt component
5
Switching off water softening systemSwitching off salt refill indicator/ water softening system
5
Rinse aid %
6
Setting amount of rinse aid
6
Switching off rinse aid refill indicator
6
Utensils
7
Not suitable
7
Glass and utensil damage
7
Loading the dishwasher
7
Unloading the dishwasher
7
Cups and glasses
7
Pans
8
Cutlery drawer
8
Folding spikesFolding spikes *
8
Small accessories holder *Small accessories holder
9
Adjusting the height of the basket
9
Detergent
10
Adding detergent
10
Combination detergent
11
Overview of programmes
12
Programme selection
12
Information for test institutes
12
Additional options
13
Express Wash/ Speed Perfect (VarioSpeed)Ÿ Express Wash/ Speed Perfect/ (VarioSpeed) *
13
Half load§ Half load *
13
· Hygiene *Hygiene
13
Ï Intensive zone *Intensive zone
13
¿ Extra drying *Extra drying
13
Washing the dishes
13
Programme data
13
Aqua sensorAqua sensor *
13
Switching on the appliance
13
Remaining running time display
13
Timer programmingTimer programming *
14
End of programme
14
Switching off automatically after the end of the programmeSwitching off automatically after the end of the programme *
14
Switching off the appliance
14
Interrupting the programme
14
Terminating the programmeTerminating the programme (Reset)
15
Changing the programme
15
Intensive drying
15
Maintenance and care
15
Overall condition of the machine
15
Special salt and rinse aid
15
Filters
16
Spray arms
16
Troubleshooting
17
Waste water pump
17
... when the appliance is switched on
18
... changing settings
18
... on the appliance
18
... during the wash cycle
19
... on the utensils
19
Customer service
20
Installation
20
Safety instructions
20
Delivery
21
Technical specifications
21
Installation
21
Waste-water connection
21
Fresh water connection
21
Warm water connectionWarm water connection *
22
Electrical connection
22
Removing the appliance
22
Transportation
23
Protection against frost (Emptying the appliance)Protection against frost
23
Waste disposal
23
Packaging
23
Old appliances
23
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher Supplemental
Type
Supplemental
Brand
Bosch
Size
146.16 KB
Pages
2
Language
Bulgarian, Czech, German, English, Estonian, French, Croatian, Hungarian, Italian, Lithuanian, Latvian, Macedonian, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Albanian, Swedish, Turkish
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher Supplemental
Type
Supplemental
Brand
Bosch
Size
90.78 KB
Pages
2
Language
Bulgarian, Czech, Danish, German, English, Spanish, Estonian, Finnish, French, Croatian, Hungarian, Italian, Lithuanian, Latvian, Macedonian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Albanian, Swedish, Turkish, Ukrainian
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User guide
Type
User guide
Brand
Bosch
Size
3.31 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
52
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
7
Door lock
7
Button lock
8
Damage
8
Disposal
8
Environmental protection
10
Packaging
10
Old appliances
10
appliance
11
Control panel
11
Appliance interior
11
Overview of menu
12
special salt
13
Water hardness table
13
system
13
Using special salt
14
substances
14
Switching off water softening unit
14
Rinse aid
15
Setting amount of rinse aid
15
component
15
indicator
16
Utensils
16
Not suitable
16
Glass and utensil damage
16
Loading the dishwasher
17
Upper basket
17
Lower basket
17
Cutlery basket
18
Cutlery drawer
18
Chopstick basket
19
Etagere
19
Folding spikes
20
Small items holder
20
Knife rack
20
Baking sheet spray head
21
Unloading the dishwasher
21
Adjusting the height of the basket
21
Detergent
23
Adding detergent
23
Combination detergent
24
Overview of programmes
25
Programme selection
26
Information for test institutes
26
Additional functions
27
(VarioSpeed)
27
Half load
27
HygienePlus (HygienePlus)
27
IntensiveZone
27
ExtraDry
27
Shine and Dry
27
Energy Save
27
Operating the appliance
28
Programme data
28
AquaSensor
28
Switching on the appliance
28
Remaining running time display
28
Time preselection
29
Programme end
29
AutoPowerOff
29
Switching off the appliance
30
Interrupting the programme
30
Terminating the programme
30
Changing the programme
30
ExtraDry
31
Cleaning and maintenance
31
Overall status of the dishwasher
31
Machine Care
32
Special salt and rinse aid
33
Filters
33
Spray arms
34
Fault, what to do?
34
Waste water pump
35
Fault table
36
Customer service
45
Installation and connection
45
Contents of package
45
Safety instructions
45
Delivery
46
Technical specifications
46
Installation
46
Drainage connection
46
Drinking water connection
47
Hot water connection
47
Electrical connection
48
Removal
48
Transporting
49
(Emptying the appliance)
49
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User guide
Type
User guide
Brand
Bosch
Size
3.32 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
54
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
5
Safety instructions
5
appliance
6
Delivery
6
Installation
6
In daily use
7
Door lock
7
Button lock
9
Damage
9
Disposal
9
Environmental protection
11
Packaging
11
Old appliances
11
appliance
12
Control panel
12
Appliance interior
12
Overview of menu
13
special salt
15
Water hardness table
15
system
15
Using special salt
16
substances
16
Switching off water softening unit
16
Rinse aid
17
Setting amount of rinse aid
17
component
17
indicator
17
Utensils
18
Not suitable
18
Glass and utensil damage
18
Loading the dishwasher
18
Upper basket
18
Lower basket
19
Cutlery basket
19
Cutlery drawer
20
Chopstick basket
21
Etagere
21
Folding spikes
22
Small items holder
22
Knife rack
22
Baking sheet spray head
23
Unloading the dishwasher
23
Adjusting the height of the basket
23
Detergent
25
Adding detergent
25
Combination detergent
26
Overview of programmes
27
Programme selection
28
Information for test institutes
28
Additional functions
29
(VarioSpeed)
29
Half load
29
HygienePlus (HygienePlus)
29
IntensiveZone
29
ExtraDry
29
Operating the appliance
30
Programme data
30
Changing the settings
30
AquaSensor
30
Sensor setting
30
ExtraDry
31
Auto Power Off
31
EmotionLight
31
Changing start programme
31
Tone volume
31
Button volume
31
Factory setting
32
Switching on the appliance
32
Remaining running time display
32
Time preselection
32
Programme end
32
Switching off the appliance
32
Interrupting the programme
33
Terminating the programme
33
Changing the programme
33
Cleaning and maintenance
33
Overall status of the dishwasher
33
Machine Care
34
Special salt and rinse aid
35
Filters
35
Spray arms
36
Fault, what to do?
36
Waste water pump
37
Fault table
38
Customer service
47
Installation and connection
47
Contents of package
47
Safety instructions
47
Delivery
48
Technical specifications
48
Installation
48
Drainage connection
48
Drinking water connection
49
Hot water connection
49
Electrical connection
50
Removal
50
Transporting
51
(Emptying the appliance)
51
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User guide
Type
User guide
Brand
Bosch
Size
6.76 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
64
Language
English
Table of contents
Dishwasher
1
en
2
Table of contents
2
Safety
4
General information
4
Intended use
4
Restriction on user group
4
Safe installation
5
Safe use
6
Damaged appliance
8
Risk to children
9
Safety systems
10
Preventing material damage
11
Safe installation
11
Safe use
11
Childproof lock
12
Door lock
12
Activating the door lock
12
Deactivating the door lock
12
Environmental protection and saving energy
13
Disposing of packaging
13
Saving energy
13
AquaSensor
13
Installation and connection
13
Scope of supply
13
Installing and connecting the appliance
14
Drainage connection
14
Installing the drainage connection
14
Drinking water connection
14
Installing the drinking water connection
14
Electrical connection
15
Connecting the appliance to the electricity supply
15
Familiarising yourself with your appliance
16
Appliance
16
Controls
17
Programmes
19
Information for test institutes
21
Additional functions
21
Features
22
Top basket
23
Adjusting top basket with side levers
23
Adjusting top basket with pairs of rollers
23
Bottom basket
24
Cutlery basket
25
Cutlery drawer
25
Reorganising cutlery drawer
25
Etagere
26
Adjusting etagere
26
Folding prongs
26
Folding down prongs
26
Small items holder
27
Knife shelf
27
Baking sheet spray head
27
Inserting baking sheet spray head
27
Removing baking sheet spray head
28
Basket heights
28
Before using for the first time
29
Performing initial start-up
29
Water softening system
29
Overview of water hardness settings
29
Setting water softening system
30
Special salt
30
Adding special salt
30
Switching off water softening system
31
Regeneration of the water softening system
31
Overview of consumption values with regeneration the water softening system
31
Rinse aid system
32
Rinse aid
32
Adding rinse aid
32
Setting the amount of rinse aid
32
Switching rinse aid system off
33
Detergent
33
Suitable detergents
33
Separate detergents
34
Combined detergent
34
Unsuitable detergents
34
Information on detergents
34
Adding detergent
35
Tableware
36
Damage to glass and tableware
36
Arrange tableware
37
Removing tableware
38
Basic operation
38
Opening appliance door
38
Switching on the appliance
38
Setting a programme
38
Setting additional functions
38
Setting timer programming
39
Starting the programme
39
Activating button lock
39
Deactivate button lock
39
Interrupting programme
39
Terminate programme
39
Switching off appliance
39
Basic settings
41
Overview of basic settings
41
Changing basic settings
42
Cleaning and servicing
42
Cleaning the tub
42
Self-cleaning interior
43
Cleaning products
43
Tips on appliance care
43
Machine Care
43
Performing Machine Care
43
Filter system
44
Cleaning filters
44
Cleaning spray arms
45
Troubleshooting
46
Appliance safety
46
Appliance safety
46
Error code / Fault display / Signal
47
Error code / Fault display / Signal
47
Washing results
49
Washing results
49
Information on display panel
56
Information on display panel
56
Malfunctions
56
Malfunctions
56
Mechanical damage
57
Mechanical damage
57
Noise
58
Noise
58
Clean wastewater pump
59
Transportation, storage and disposal
59
Removing the appliance
59
Protect appliance from frost
60
Transporting the appliance
60
Disposing of old appliance
60
Customer Service
60
Product number (E-Nr.) and production number (FD)
61
AQUA-STOP guarantee
61
Technical specifications
61
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User guide
Type
User guide
Brand
Bosch
Size
6.01 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
60
Language
English
Table of contents
Dishwasher
1
en
2
Table of contents
2
Safety
4
General information
4
Intended use
4
Restriction on user group
4
Safe installation
5
Safe use
6
Damaged appliance
8
Risk to children
9
Safety systems
10
Preventing material damage
11
Safe installation
11
Safe use
11
Childproof lock
12
Door lock
12
Activating the door lock
12
Deactivating the door lock
12
Environmental protection and saving energy
13
Disposing of packaging
13
Saving energy
13
AquaSensor
13
Installation and connection
13
Scope of supply
13
Installing and connecting the appliance
14
Drainage connection
14
Installing the drainage connection
14
Drinking water connection
14
Installing the drinking water connection
14
Electrical connection
15
Connecting the appliance to the electricity supply
15
Familiarising yourself with your appliance
16
Appliance
16
Controls
17
Programmes
19
Information for test institutes
20
Additional functions
21
Features
21
Top basket
22
Adjusting top basket with side levers
22
Adjusting top basket with pairs of rollers
22
Bottom basket
23
Cutlery basket
23
Cutlery drawer
23
Reorganising cutlery drawer
24
Etagere
24
Adjusting etagere
24
Folding prongs
25
Folding down prongs
25
Small items holder
25
Knife shelf
26
Baking sheet spray head
26
Inserting baking sheet spray head
26
Removing baking sheet spray head
26
Basket heights
26
Before using for the first time
27
Performing initial start-up
27
Water softening system
28
Overview of water hardness settings
28
Setting water softening system
28
Special salt
28
Adding special salt
28
Switching off water softening system
29
Regeneration of the water softening system
29
Overview of consumption values with regeneration the water softening system
30
Rinse aid system
30
Rinse aid
30
Adding rinse aid
30
Setting the amount of rinse aid
31
Switching rinse aid system off
31
Detergent
31
Suitable detergents
31
Separate detergents
32
Combined detergent
32
Unsuitable detergents
32
Information on detergents
32
Adding detergent
33
Tableware
33
Damage to glass and tableware
34
Arrange tableware
34
Removing tableware
35
Basic operation
35
Opening appliance door
35
Switching on the appliance
36
Setting a programme
36
Setting additional functions
36
Setting timer programming
36
Starting the programme
36
Interrupting programme
37
Terminate programme
37
Switching off appliance
37
Basic settings
38
Overview of basic settings
38
Changing basic settings
38
Cleaning and servicing
39
Cleaning the tub
39
Self-cleaning interior
39
Cleaning products
39
Tips on appliance care
39
Filter system
39
Cleaning filters
40
Cleaning spray arms
40
Troubleshooting
42
Appliance safety
42
Appliance safety
42
Error code / Fault display / Signal
42
Error code / Fault display / Signal
42
Washing results
44
Washing results
44
Information on display panel
50
Information on display panel
50
Malfunctions
51
Malfunctions
51
Mechanical damage
52
Mechanical damage
52
Noise
52
Noise
52
Clean wastewater pump
53
Transportation, storage and disposal
53
Removing the appliance
53
Protect appliance from frost
53
Transporting the appliance
54
Disposing of old appliance
54
Customer Service
54
Product number (E-Nr.) and production number (FD)
55
AQUA-STOP guarantee
55
Technical specifications
55
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User guide
Type
User guide
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.09 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
9
Special salt
10
Setting
10
Water hardness table
10
Using special salt
11
substances
11
system
11
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
12
indicator
12
Utensils
13
Not suitable
13
Glass and utensil damage
13
Loading the dishwasher
13
Unloading the dishwasher
13
Cups and glasses
14
Cutlery basket
14
Chopstick basket
15
Etagere
15
Folding spikes
15
Small accessories holder
16
Knife shelf
16
basket
16
Detergent
17
Adding detergent
18
Combination detergent
19
Overview of programmes
20
Programme selection
21
Information for test institutes
21
Additional options
21
(VarioSpeed)
21
Half load
21
Hygiene
21
Intensive zone
21
Extra drying
21
Operating the appliance
22
Programme data
22
Aqua sensor
22
Switching on the appliance
22
Remaining running time display
22
Timer programming
22
End of programme
23
the end of the programme
23
Switching off the appliance
23
Interrupting the programme
23
Terminating the programme
23
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
Cleaning and maintenance
24
Overall condition of the machine
24
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
25
Spray arms
26
Fault, what to do?
26
Waste water pump
27
Fault table
28
Customer service
36
connection
36
Product package
36
Safety instructions
36
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
37
Waste-water connection
37
Drinking water connection
38
Warm water connection
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
Transportation
39
(Emptying the appliance)
39
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.15 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
28
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Before you switch ON the appliance
2
Using special salt
5
Not suitable
7
Programme data
14
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
1.60 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
40
Language
English, Italian
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.59 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
2
( Safety instructions
2
Safety instructions
2
This appliance may be used by children over the age of 8 years old and by persons with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities or by persons with a lack of experience or knowledge if they are supervised or are instructed by a person responsi...
2
Children must not play with, on, or around the appliance. Children must not clean the appliance or carry out general maintenance unless they are at least 8 years old and are being supervised.
2
Keep children below the age of 8 years old at a safe distance from the appliance and power cable.
3
Before you switch ON the appliance
3
Please read the instructions for use and installation carefully. They contain important information on how to install, use and maintain the appliance.
3
Retain all documents for later use or for the subsequent owner.
3
You can download the instructions for use from our website free of charge. The relevant Internet address can be found overleaf on these instructions for use.
3
Delivery
3
1. Check the packaging and dishwasher immediately for damage caused in transit. Do not switch on a damaged appliance, but contact your supplier.
3
2. Please dispose of the packaging material in an environmentally friendly manner.
3
3. Do not let children play with packaging and its parts. There is a risk of suffocation from collapsible boxes and film.
3
Installation
3
In daily use
4
Read and observe the safety information and instructions for use on the packaging for cleaning and rinsing agents.
4
Childproof lock (door lock)Door lock *
4
The description of the childproof lock is at the back in the envelope.
4
* depending on model
4
Childproof lock (button lock)Button lock
4
You can secure your appliance from being unintentionally the programme terminated (e.g. improper operation by children).
4
Activating the button lock:
5
1. Start the required programme.
5
2. Hold down the button + for approx. 4 sec. until this ’– is indicated on the digital display.
5
If any button is pressed while the programme is running, this ’– is indicated on the digital display. It is not possible to end (Reset) the programme.
5
Deactivating the button lock:
5
When the programme ends (‹:‹‹ on the digital display), the button lock is cancelled. If there is a power failure, the button lock is retained. Whenever a programme is restarted, the button lock must be reactivated.
5
Damage
5
Disposal
5
1. Make redundant appliances unusable to prevent subsequent accidents.
5
2. Dispose of the appliance in a n environmentally friendly manner.
5
m Warning
5
Risk of injury!
5
m Warning
6
Risk of explosion!
6
m Warning
6
Risk of scalding!
6
m Warning
6
Risks to children!
6
7 Protection of the environment
7
Protection of the environment
7
Both the packaging of new appliances and the old appliances themselves contain valuable raw materials and recyclable materials.
7
Please dispose of the individual parts separated according to type.
7
Please ask your dealer or inquire at your local authority about current means of disposal.
7
Packaging
7
All plastic parts of the appliance are identified with internationally standardised abbreviations (e.g. >PS< polystyrene). Therefore, plastic waste can be sorted out when the appliance is being disposed of.
7
Please follow the safety instructions under “Delivery”.
7
Old appliances
7
Please follow the safety instructions under “Disposal of your appliance”.
7
This appliance is labelled in accordance with European Directive 2012/19/EU concerning used electrical and electronic appliances (waste electrical and electronic equipment - WEEE). The guideline determines the framework for the return and recycling o...
7
* Getting to know your appliance
7
Getting to know your appliance
7
Diagrams of the control panel and the interior of the appliance can be found in the envelope at the front.
7
Individual positions are referred to in the text.
7
Control panel
7
ON/OFF switch
7
Programme buttons **
7
Display “Check water supply”
7
Salt refill indicator
7
Rinse aid refill indicator
7
Door opener
7
Timer programming *
7
Additional options **
7
START button
7
Programme sequence indicator
7
Digital display
7
* depending on model
7
** Number depending on model
7
Appliance interior
8
Interior light *
8
Cutlery drawer
8
Top basket
8
Top spray arm
8
Tablet collecting tray
8
Intake opening
8
Blow opening (Zeolith container)
8
Bottom spray arm
8
Dispenser for special salt
8
Filters
8
Bottom basket
8
Dispenser for rinse aid
8
Detergent dispenser
8
Lock for detergent dispenser
8
Rating plate
8
* depending on model
8
Overview of menu
8
The settings can be found in the individual chapters.
8
Water Hardness •:‹‹ - •:‹ˆ
8
Intensive drying š:‹‹ - š:‹‚
8
Rinse aid §:‹‹ - §:‹‡
8
Hot water ‘:‹‹ - ‘:‹‚*
8
Automatic disconnection ˜:‹‹ - ˜:‹ƒ
8
* depending on model
8
+ Water softening system/Special salt
8
Water softening system/Special salt
8
To ensure good washing results, the dishwasher requires soft water, i.e. containing low amounts of lime, otherwise white limescale will be deposited on the utensils and inner container.
8
Tap water above 1.2 mmol/l must be softened. The water is softened with special salt (regeneration salt) in the water softening system of the dishwasher.
8
The setting and therefore the required amount of salt depends on the degree of hardness of your tap water (see table).
8
Setting
8
The amount of salt dispensed can be set from •:‹‹ to •:‹ˆ.
8
Salt is not required at the set value •:‹‹.
8
1. Find out about the hardness value of your tap water. Your water utility company will help you with this.
8
2. Set value can be found in the water hardness table.
8
3. Close the door.
8
4. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
8
5. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
8
6. Release both buttons.
8
To change the setting:
9
1. Press programme button 3.
9
2. Press START button h.
9
Water hardness table
9
Using special salt
9
Always refill with special salt immediately before switching on the appliance. This ensures that overrun special salt solution is immediately washed out and does not corrode the rinsing tank.
9
1. Open the screw-type cap of the compartment 1b.
9
2. Fill the tank with water (only required when switching on the appliance for the first time).
9
3. Then add dishwasher salt (not table salt or tablets).
9
As soon as the salt refill indicator @ on the fascia is lit, top up the salt.
9
* depending on model
9
Using detergents with salt componentDetergents with salt component
9
If combined detergents with a salt component are used, salt can usually be omitted up to a water hardness of 21° dH (37° fH, 26° Clarke, 3.7 mmol/ l). If the water hardness is over 21° dH, special salt must be used.
9
Switching off salt refill indicator/water softening systemSwitching off water softening system
10
If the salt refill indicator @ is impaired (e.g. when using combined detergents containing salt component), it can be switched off.
10
m Caution
10
, Rinse aid
10
Rinse aid
10
As soon as the rinse-aid refill indicator H is lit on the fascia, there is still a rinse-aid reserve of 1-2 rinsing processes. Refill with rinse aid.
10
The rinse aid is required for stain-free utensils and clear glasses. Use only rinse aid for domestic dishwashers.
10
Combined detergents with rinse-aid component may be used up to a water hardness of 21° dH (37° fH, 26° Clarke, 3.7 mmol/l) only. If the water hardness is over 21° dH, rinse aid must be used.
10
1. Open the dispenser 9* by pressing and lifting the plate on the cover.
10
2. Carefully pour rinse aid up to the max. mark in the filler opening.
10
3. Close cover until it clicks shut.
10
4. To prevent excessive foam formation during the next rinse cycle, remove any rinse aid which has run over with a cloth.
10
Setting amount of rinse aid
11
The amount of rinse aid can be set from §:‹‹ to §:‹‡. Please set rinse aid on §:‹† to obtain very good drying results (§:‹† is already set in factory).
11
Change this setting, only if streaks (select lower setting) or water stains (select higher setting) are left on the utensils.
11
1. Close the door.
11
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
11
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
11
4. Release both buttons.
11
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value §:‹† is indicated on the digital display )*.
11
To change the setting:
11
1. Press programme button 3.
11
2. Press START button h.
11
Switching off rinse aid refill indicator
11
If the rinse-aid refill indicator H is impaired (e.g. when using combined detergents containing rinse aid component), it can be switched off.
11
The rinse aid refill indicator H is now switched off.
11
- Utensils
11
Utensils
11
Not suitable
11
Aluminium and silver parts have a tendency to discolour and fade during the wash cycle. Even some types of glass (e.g. crystal glass objects) may turn cloudy after many wash cycles.
11
Glass and utensil damage
11
Causes:
11
Recommendation:
11
Loading the dishwasher
12
1. Remove large food remnants. It is not necessary to prerinse utensils under running water.
12
2. Place the utensils so that
12
Very small utensils should not be washed in the machine, as they may fall out of the baskets.
12
Unloading the dishwasher
12
To prevent water from dripping off the upper basket onto the utensils in the lower basket, it is recommended to empty the appliance from the bottom up.
12
Hot utensils are sensitive to shock! Therefore, when the programme ends, leave the utensils to cool down in the dishwasher until they can be handled.
12
Note
12
Cups and glasses
12
Top basket 12
12
Note
12
Pans
13
Bottom basket 9"
13
Tip
13
Tip
13
Cutlery drawer
13
Arrange the cutlery in the cutlery drawer 1* as illustrated. Separately arranged utensils are easier to remove after washing.
13
The drawer can be taken out.
13
Depending on the model, you can fold down the side shelves to provide more room for taller items of cutlery. The front rows of prongs can be folded down to provide room for wider handles.
13
Folding spikesFolding spikes *
14
* depending on model
14
The spikes can be folded down to improve arrangement of pans, bowls and glasses.
14
Small accessories holder *Small accessories holder
14
* depending on model
14
Light-weight plastic accessories, e.g. cups, lids, etc. can be held securely in the small accessories holder.
14
Adjusting the height of the basket
14
The height of the upper utensils basket 12 can be adjusted in 3 stages to create more space either in the upper or lower basket.
14
Appliance height 81.5 cm
14
16 cm
14
30 cm
14
18.5 cm
14
27.5 cm
14
21 cm
14
25 cm
14
Appliance height 86.5 cm
14
18 cm
14
33 cm
14
20.5 cm
14
30.5 cm
14
23 cm
14
28 cm
14
1. Pull out the top basket 12 out.
14
2. To lower the basket, press in the left and then the right lever on the outside of the basket. In doing so, hold the sides of the basket along the upper edge to prevent it from suddenly dropping.
14
3. To raise the basket, hold the basket on the sides of the upper edge and lift it up.
14
4. Before re-inserting the basket again, ensure that it is at the same height on both sides. Otherwise, the appliance door cannot be closed and the upper spray arm will not be connected to the water circuit.
14
. Detergent
15
Detergent
15
You can use tablets as well as powder or liquid detergents for dishwashers, but never use washing up liquid. The dosage can be individually adjusted with powder or a liquid detergent according to the degree of soiling. Tablets contain an adequately l...
15
Note
15
m Warning
15
Adding detergent
15
1. If the detergent dispenser 92 is still closed, press the lock 9: to open the detergent dispenser.
15
2. Close the cover on the detergent dispenser by sliding it up until the lock engages without difficulty.
15
Tip
16
Combination detergent
16
Apart from conventional detergents (Solo), a number of products are offered with additional functions. These products contain not only the detergent but also rinse-aid and salt replacement substances (3in1) and, depending on the combination (4in1, 5i...
16
As soon as combined detergents are used, the rinse programme is adjusted automatically to ensure the best possible rinsing and drying result.
16
m Warning
16
m Warning
16
Notes
16
Overview of programmes
17
The max. possible number of programmes is illustrated in this overview. The corresponding programmes and their arrangement can be found on the fascia.
17
Type of utensils
17
Type of soiling
17
Programme
17
Possible additional options
17
Programme sequence
17
Programme selection
18
You can select a suitable programme according to the type of utensils and degree of soiling.
18
Information for test institutes
18
Test institutes receive the information for comparability tests (e.g. according to EN60436).
18
These are the conditions for conducting the tests, however these are not the results or consumption values.
18
Request by e-mail to:
18
[email protected]
18
The product number (E no.) and the production number (FD) are required which you can find on the rating plate 9B on the appliance door.
18
0 Additional options
18
Additional options
18
* depending on model
18
Additional options can be set with the buttons `.
18
Å Express WashPlus/ Speed PerfectPlus (VarioSpeedPlus) *Express WaschPlus/SpeedPerfectPlus (VarioSpeedPlus)
18
This function can reduce the running time by approx. 20% to 66% depending on the selected rinse programme. To obtain optimum cleaning and drying results at a reduced running time, water and energy consumption are increased.
18
Half load§ Half load *
18
If you have only a few items to wash (e.g. glasses, cups, plates), you can switch to “half load”. This will save water, energy and time. It is recommended to put a little less detergent in the detergent dispenser than for a full load.
18
µ HygienePlus *HygienePlus
18
This function increases the temperatures and retains them for an extra long time to obtain a defined disinfection performance. Continuous use of this function increases the hygiene status. This additional option is ideal for cleaning e.g. chopping bo...
18
Ï Intensive zone *Intensive zone
18
Perfect for a mixed load. You can wash very soiled pots and pans in the lower basket together with normally soiled utensils in the upper basket. The spray pressure in the lower basket is intensified, the rinsing temperature is increased slightly.
18
ï High gloss drying *High gloss drying
18
By increasing the amount of water during the rinse cycle and extending the drying phase, stains are prevented and the drying result is improved. There is a slight increase in the energy consumption. Rinse aid is recommended for the high gloss drying ...
18
1 Operating the appliance
19
Operating the appliance
19
Programme data
19
The programme data (consumption values) can be found in the summary of instructions. They refer to normal conditions and the water hardness set value •:‹…. Different influencing factors such as e.g. water temperature or line pressure may result...
19
Aqua sensorAqua sensor *
19
* depending on model
19
The Aqua sensor is an optical measuring device (light barrier) which measures the turbidity of the rinsing water.
19
The Aqua sensor is used according to the programme. If the Aqua sensor is active, “clean” rinsing water can be transferred to the next rinse bath and water consumption can be reduced by 3–6 litres. If the turbidity is greater, the water is drai...
19
Zeolith drying
19
The appliance features a Zeolith container Zeolith is a mineral which can store moisture and heat energy and release them again.
19
During the washing step this heat energy is used to dry the mineral and heat up the rinsing water.
19
During the drying phase moisture from the washing compartment is stored in the mineral and heat energy is released. This released heat energy is blown into the washing compartment with dry air. This accelerates and improves drying.
19
These processes therefore save a great deal of energy.
19
m Caution
19
m Warning
19
Risk of injury!
19
Switching on the appliance
20
1. Turn on the tap fully.
20
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
20
3. Press the START button h.
20
Note
20
Programme sequence indicatorProgramme sequence indicator )"
20
Your dishes are being cleaned.
20
Your dishes are being rinsed.
20
Your dishes are being dried.
20
Remaining running time display
20
When the programme is selected, the remaining running time of the programme is indicated on the digital display )*.
20
The running time is determined during the programme by the water temperature, the number of utensils as well as the degree of soiling and may vary (depending on the selected programme).
20
Timer programmingTimer programming *
20
* depending on model
20
You can delay the start of the programme in 1-hour steps up to 24 hours.
20
1. Close the door.
20
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
20
3. Press button X + until the digital display )* jumps to œ:‹‚.
20
4. Press X + or – button until the displayed time corresponds with your requirements.
20
5. Press START button h, timer programming is activated.
20
6. To delete timer programming, press the X + or – button until )* œ:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display.
20
End of programme
20
The programme has ended when the value ‹:‹‹ is indicated on the numerical display )*.
20
Automatic switch off after end of programme or interior light*Automatic switch off / interior light
21
* depending on model
21
To save energy, the dishwasher can be automatically switched off 1 min or 120 min after the programme ends.
21
The setting can be selected from ˜:‹‹ to ˜:‹ƒ.
21
Appliance does not switch off automatically.
21
The interior light 1" comes on when the door is opened irrespective of whether the ON/OFF switch ( is switched on or off. When the door is closed the light is off. If the door is open for longer than 60 min., the light switches off automatically. The...
21
Appliance switches off after 1 min.
21
Appliance switches off after 120 min.
21
1. Close the door.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
21
4. Release both buttons.
21
5. Keep pressing programme button # until the value ˜:‹... is indicated on the numerical display )*.
21
To change the setting:
21
1. Press programme button 3.
21
2. Press START button h.
21
Switching off the appliance
21
Short time after the end of the programme:
21
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
21
2. Turn off the tap (not applicable if Aqua-Stop fitted).
21
3. Remove the utensils when they have cooled down.
21
Note
21
Interrupting the programme
22
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
22
2. To continue the programme, switch on the ON/OFF switch ( again.
22
Terminating the programmeTerminating the programme (Reset)
22
1. Press START button h for approx. 3 sec.
22
2. The programme sequence lasts approx. 1 min. On the digital display )* is indicated ‹:‹‹.
22
3. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
22
Changing the programme
22
When the START button h has been pressed, the programme cannot be changed.
22
The only way a programme can be changed is by Cancel programme (Reset).
22
Intensive drying
22
The final rinse uses a higher temperature which improves the drying result. The running time may increase slightly. (Caution if utensils are delicate!)
22
1. Close the door.
22
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until the digital display )* •:‹... is indicated.
22
4. Release both buttons.
22
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value š:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*.
22
To change the setting,
22
1. Press the button 3 to switch the Intensive drying on š:‹‚ or off š:‹‹.
22
2. Press START button h.
22
2 Cleaning and maintenance
23
Cleaning and maintenance
23
A regular inspection and maintenance of your machine will help to prevent faults. This saves time and prevents problems.
23
Overall condition of the machine
23
If you find such deposits:
23
Clean the appliance with detergents/ appliance cleaners which are particularly suitable for use with dishwashers.
23
Never use a steam cleaner to clean your dishwasher. The manufacturer is not liable for any consequential damage.
23
Regularly wipe the front of the appliance and fascia with a damp cloth; water and a little washing up liquid are adequate. Do not use sponges with a rough surface or abrasive detergents, as these could scratch the surfaces.
23
Stainless steel appliances: To prevent corrosion, avoid using sponge cloths or wash them out thoroughly several times before using for the first time.
23
m Warning
23
Health hazard
23
Special salt and rinse aid
23
Filters
24
The filters 1j keep large foreign objects in the rinsing water away from the pump. These foreign objects may occasionally block the filters.
24
The filter system consists of a coarse filter, a flat fine filter and a microfilter.
24
1. After each washing cycle check the filters for residue.
24
2. Unscrew filter cylinder as illustrated and take out filter system.
24
3. Remove any residue and clean filters under running water.
24
4. Re-install filter system in reverse sequence and ensure that the arrow marks are opposite each other after closing the filter system.
24
Spray arms
24
Limescale and contaminants in the rinsing water may block nozzles and bearings on the spray arms 1: and 1Z.
24
1. Check outlet nozzles on the spray arms for blockages.
24
2. Unscrew the upper spray arm 1:.
24
3. Remove the lower spray arm 1Z upwards.
24
4. Clean spray arms under running water.
24
5. Re-engage or screw on spray arms.
24
3 Fault, what to do?
25
Fault, what to do?
25
Experience has shown that you can rectify most faults which occur in daily operation yourself. This ensures that the machine is quickly available to you again. In the following overview you can find possible causes of malfunctions and helpful informa...
25
Note
25
m Warning
25
Waste water pump
25
Large food remnants or foreign objects which were not captured by the filters may block the waste water pump. The rinsing water will then be above the filter.
25
m Warning
25
Risk of cuts!
25
In this case:
25
1. First always disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
25
2. Take out top basket 12 and bottom basket 9".
25
3. Remove the filters 1j.
25
4. Scoop out water, use a sponge if required.
25
5. Prise out the white pump cover (as illustrated) using a spoon. Grip the cover on the crosspiece and lift diagonally inwards. Remove cover completely.
25
6. Check impeller wheel and remove any foreign objects.
25
7. Place cover in the original position and press down until it engages (click).
25
8. Install filters.
25
9. Re-insert baskets.
25
Fault table
26
Fault
26
Cause
26
Remedial action
26
4 Customer service
34
Customer service
34
If you are unable to rectify the fault, please contact your customer service. We always find a suitable solution, even to avoid unnecessary visits by technicians. Contact information for your nearest customer service can be found on the back of these...
34
Rely on the competence of the manufa cturer. Contact us. You can therefore be sure that the repair is carried out by trained service technicians who carry original spare parts for your domestic appliances.
34
* depending on model
34
5 Installation and connection
34
Installation and connection
34
The dishwasher must be connected correctly, otherwise it will not function properly. The specifications for the inlet and outlet as well as the electrical connected loads must correspond with the required criteria as specified in the following paragr...
34
Install the appliance in the correct sequence:
34
1. Checking appliance on delivery
34
2. Installing the appliance
34
3. Waste water connection
34
4. Drinking water connection
34
5. Electrical connection
34
Product package
34
If you have any complaints, contact the dealer where you purchased the appliance or our customer service.
34
* depending on model
34
Safety instructions
34
Please follow the safety instructions under “Installation”.
34
Delivery
35
Your dishwasher has been checked thoroughly in the factory to ensure that it is in working order. This may cause small water stains. These will disappear after the first wash cycle.
35
Technical specifications
35
Weight:
35
max. 60 kg
35
Voltage:
35
220–240 V, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
35
Connected load:
35
2.0–2.4 kW
35
Fuse:
35
10/16 A (UK 13A)
35
Power input:
35
off mode (Po)* 0.10 W
35
left on mode (Pl)* 0.10 W
35
*according to regulations (EU) nos. 1016/2010 and 1059/2010
35
Additional functions and settings may increase the power input.
35
Water pressure:
35
at least 0.05 MPa (0.5 bar), maximum 1 MPa (10 bar). At a higher water pressure: connect pressure-reducing valve ahead.
35
Inlet rate:
35
minimum 10 litres/minute
35
Water temperature:
35
cold water; hot water max. temperature 60 °C.
35
Capacity:
35
12–15 place settings (depending on model).
35
Installation
35
The required installation dimensions can be found in the installation instructions. Level the appliance with the aid of the height-adjustable feet. Ensure that the appliance is situated securely on the floor.
35
Waste-water connection
35
1. The required work sequence can be found in the installation instructions. If required, fit a siphon with an drainage connection.
35
2. Connect the waste-water hose to the drainage connection of the siphon with the enclosed parts.
35
Drinking water connection
36
1. Fasten the drinking water connection to the tap according to the installation instructions using the enclosed parts.
36
2. When replacing the appliance, always use a new water supply hose.
36
Water pressure:
36
At least 0.05 MPa (0.5 bar), maximum 1 MPa (10 bar). At a higher water pressure: connect pressure-reducing valve ahead.
36
Inlet rate:
36
Minimum 10 litres/minute
36
Water temperature:
36
Cold water; hot water max. temperature 60 °C.
36
Warm water connection *Warm water connection
36
* depending on model
36
The dishwasher can be connected to cold or hot water up to max. 60 °C.
36
Connection to hot water is recommended if the hot water can be supplied by energetically favourable means and from a suitable installation, e.g. solar heating system with circulation line.
36
This will save energy and time.
36
The hot water setting ‘:‹‚ allows you to adjust your appliance optimally to operation with hot water.
36
It is recommended to have a water temperature (temperature of the incoming water) of at least 40 °C and no more than 60 °C.
36
It is not recommended to connect the appliance to hot water if the water is supplied from an electric boiler.
36
Setting hot water:
36
1. Close the door.
36
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
36
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
36
4. Release both buttons.
36
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ‘:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*.
36
To change the setting:
36
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the hot water setting off ‘:‹‹ or on ‘:‹‚.
36
2. Press START button h.
36
Electrical connection
37
Removing the appliance
37
Also observe the sequence of worksteps here.
37
1. Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
37
2. Turn off the water supply.
37
3. Undo the waste water and drinking water connection.
37
4. Loosen fastening screws for the furniture parts.
37
5. If fitted, remove the base panel.
37
6. Pull out the appliance, carefully pulling the hose behind.
37
Transportation
38
Empty the dishwasher and secure loose parts.
38
Drain the appliance according to the following steps:
38
1. Turn on the tap.
38
2. Close the door.
38
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
38
4. Select programme with the highest temperature.
38
5. Press START button h.
38
6. After approx. 4 minutes press the START button h until ‹:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display.
38
7. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
38
8. Turn off the tap, disconnect supply hose and drain water.
38
Transport appliance upright only.
38
(This prevents residual water from running into the machine control and damaging the programme sequence.)
38
Protection against frostProtection against frost (Emptying the appliance)
38
If the appliance is in a room where there is a risk of frost (e.g. holiday home), empty the appliance completely (see Transportation).
38
Intended use
2
( Safety instructions
2
Safety instructions
2
This appliance may be used by children over the age of 8 years old and by persons with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities or by persons with a lack of experience or knowledge if they are supervised or are instructed by a person responsi...
2
Children must not play with, on, or around the appliance. Children must not clean the appliance or carry out general maintenance unless they are at least 8 years old and are being supervised.
2
Keep children below the age of 8 years old at a safe distance from the appliance and power cable.
3
Before you switch ON the appliance
3
Please read the instructions for use and installation carefully. They contain important information on how to install, use and maintain the appliance.
3
Retain all documents for later use or for the subsequent owner.
3
You can download the instructions for use from our website free of charge. The relevant Internet address can be found overleaf on these instructions for use.
3
Delivery
3
1. Check the packaging and dishwasher immediately for damage caused in transit. Do not switch on a damaged appliance, but contact your supplier.
3
2. Please dispose of the packaging material in an environmentally friendly manner.
3
3. Do not let children play with packaging and its parts. There is a risk of suffocation from collapsible boxes and film.
3
Installation
3
In daily use
4
Read and observe the safety information and instructions for use on the packaging for cleaning and rinsing agents.
4
Childproof lock (door lock)Door lock *
4
The description of the childproof lock is at the back in the envelope.
4
* depending on model
4
Childproof lock (button lock)Button lock
4
You can secure your appliance from being unintentionally the programme terminated (e.g. improper operation by children).
4
Activating the button lock:
5
1. Start the required programme.
5
2. Hold down the button + for approx. 4 sec. until this ’– is indicated on the digital display.
5
If any button is pressed while the programme is running, this ’– is indicated on the digital display. It is not possible to end (Reset) the programme.
5
Deactivating the button lock:
5
When the programme ends (‹:‹‹ on the digital display), the button lock is cancelled. If there is a power failure, the button lock is retained. Whenever a programme is restarted, the button lock must be reactivated.
5
Damage
5
Disposal
5
1. Make redundant appliances unusable to prevent subsequent accidents.
5
2. Dispose of the appliance in a n environmentally friendly manner.
5
m Warning
5
Risk of injury!
5
m Warning
6
Risk of explosion!
6
m Warning
6
Risk of scalding!
6
m Warning
6
Risks to children!
6
7 Protection of the environment
7
Protection of the environment
7
Both the packaging of new appliances and the old appliances themselves contain valuable raw materials and recyclable materials.
7
Please dispose of the individual parts separated according to type.
7
Please ask your dealer or inquire at your local authority about current means of disposal.
7
Packaging
7
All plastic parts of the appliance are identified with internationally standardised abbreviations (e.g. >PS< polystyrene). Therefore, plastic waste can be sorted out when the appliance is being disposed of.
7
Please follow the safety instructions under “Delivery”.
7
Old appliances
7
Please follow the safety instructions under “Disposal of your appliance”.
7
This appliance is labelled in accordance with European Directive 2012/19/EU concerning used electrical and electronic appliances (waste electrical and electronic equipment - WEEE). The guideline determines the framework for the return and recycling o...
7
* Getting to know your appliance
7
Getting to know your appliance
7
Diagrams of the control panel and the interior of the appliance can be found in the envelope at the front.
7
Individual positions are referred to in the text.
7
Control panel
7
ON/OFF switch
7
Programme buttons **
7
Display “Check water supply”
7
Salt refill indicator
7
Rinse aid refill indicator
7
Door opener
7
Timer programming *
7
Additional options **
7
START button
7
Programme sequence indicator
7
Digital display
7
* depending on model
7
** Number depending on model
7
Appliance interior
8
Interior light *
8
Cutlery drawer
8
Top basket
8
Top spray arm
8
Tablet collecting tray
8
Intake opening
8
Blow opening (Zeolith container)
8
Bottom spray arm
8
Dispenser for special salt
8
Filters
8
Bottom basket
8
Dispenser for rinse aid
8
Detergent dispenser
8
Lock for detergent dispenser
8
Rating plate
8
* depending on model
8
Overview of menu
8
The settings can be found in the individual chapters.
8
Water Hardness •:‹‹ - •:‹ˆ
8
Intensive drying š:‹‹ - š:‹‚
8
Rinse aid §:‹‹ - §:‹‡
8
Hot water ‘:‹‹ - ‘:‹‚*
8
Automatic disconnection ˜:‹‹ - ˜:‹ƒ
8
* depending on model
8
+ Water softening system/Special salt
8
Water softening system/Special salt
8
To ensure good washing results, the dishwasher requires soft water, i.e. containing low amounts of lime, otherwise white limescale will be deposited on the utensils and inner container.
8
Tap water above 1.2 mmol/l must be softened. The water is softened with special salt (regeneration salt) in the water softening system of the dishwasher.
8
The setting and therefore the required amount of salt depends on the degree of hardness of your tap water (see table).
8
Setting
8
The amount of salt dispensed can be set from •:‹‹ to •:‹ˆ.
8
Salt is not required at the set value •:‹‹.
8
1. Find out about the hardness value of your tap water. Your water utility company will help you with this.
8
2. Set value can be found in the water hardness table.
8
3. Close the door.
8
4. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
8
5. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
8
6. Release both buttons.
8
To change the setting:
9
1. Press programme button 3.
9
2. Press START button h.
9
Water hardness table
9
Using special salt
9
Always refill with special salt immediately before switching on the appliance. This ensures that overrun special salt solution is immediately washed out and does not corrode the rinsing tank.
9
1. Open the screw-type cap of the compartment 1b.
9
2. Fill the tank with water (only required when switching on the appliance for the first time).
9
3. Then add dishwasher salt (not table salt or tablets).
9
As soon as the salt refill indicator @ on the fascia is lit, top up the salt.
9
* depending on model
9
Using detergents with salt componentDetergents with salt component
9
If combined detergents with a salt component are used, salt can usually be omitted up to a water hardness of 21° dH (37° fH, 26° Clarke, 3.7 mmol/ l). If the water hardness is over 21° dH, special salt must be used.
9
Switching off salt refill indicator/water softening systemSwitching off water softening system
10
If the salt refill indicator @ is impaired (e.g. when using combined detergents containing salt component), it can be switched off.
10
m Caution
10
, Rinse aid
10
Rinse aid
10
As soon as the rinse-aid refill indicator H is lit on the fascia, there is still a rinse-aid reserve of 1-2 rinsing processes. Refill with rinse aid.
10
The rinse aid is required for stain-free utensils and clear glasses. Use only rinse aid for domestic dishwashers.
10
Combined detergents with rinse-aid component may be used up to a water hardness of 21° dH (37° fH, 26° Clarke, 3.7 mmol/l) only. If the water hardness is over 21° dH, rinse aid must be used.
10
1. Open the dispenser 9* by pressing and lifting the plate on the cover.
10
2. Carefully pour rinse aid up to the max. mark in the filler opening.
10
3. Close cover until it clicks shut.
10
4. To prevent excessive foam formation during the next rinse cycle, remove any rinse aid which has run over with a cloth.
10
Setting amount of rinse aid
11
The amount of rinse aid can be set from §:‹‹ to §:‹‡. Please set rinse aid on §:‹† to obtain very good drying results (§:‹† is already set in factory).
11
Change this setting, only if streaks (select lower setting) or water stains (select higher setting) are left on the utensils.
11
1. Close the door.
11
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
11
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
11
4. Release both buttons.
11
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value §:‹† is indicated on the digital display )*.
11
To change the setting:
11
1. Press programme button 3.
11
2. Press START button h.
11
Switching off rinse aid refill indicator
11
If the rinse-aid refill indicator H is impaired (e.g. when using combined detergents containing rinse aid component), it can be switched off.
11
The rinse aid refill indicator H is now switched off.
11
- Utensils
11
Utensils
11
Not suitable
11
Aluminium and silver parts have a tendency to discolour and fade during the wash cycle. Even some types of glass (e.g. crystal glass objects) may turn cloudy after many wash cycles.
11
Glass and utensil damage
11
Causes:
11
Recommendation:
11
Loading the dishwasher
12
1. Remove large food remnants. It is not necessary to prerinse utensils under running water.
12
2. Place the utensils so that
12
Very small utensils should not be washed in the machine, as they may fall out of the baskets.
12
Unloading the dishwasher
12
To prevent water from dripping off the upper basket onto the utensils in the lower basket, it is recommended to empty the appliance from the bottom up.
12
Hot utensils are sensitive to shock! Therefore, when the programme ends, leave the utensils to cool down in the dishwasher until they can be handled.
12
Note
12
Cups and glasses
12
Top basket 12
12
Note
12
Pans
13
Bottom basket 9"
13
Tip
13
Tip
13
Cutlery drawer
13
Arrange the cutlery in the cutlery drawer 1* as illustrated. Separately arranged utensils are easier to remove after washing.
13
The drawer can be taken out.
13
Depending on the model, you can fold down the side shelves to provide more room for taller items of cutlery. The front rows of prongs can be folded down to provide room for wider handles.
13
Folding spikesFolding spikes *
14
* depending on model
14
The spikes can be folded down to improve arrangement of pans, bowls and glasses.
14
Small accessories holder *Small accessories holder
14
* depending on model
14
Light-weight plastic accessories, e.g. cups, lids, etc. can be held securely in the small accessories holder.
14
Adjusting the height of the basket
14
The height of the upper utensils basket 12 can be adjusted in 3 stages to create more space either in the upper or lower basket.
14
Appliance height 81.5 cm
14
16 cm
14
30 cm
14
18.5 cm
14
27.5 cm
14
21 cm
14
25 cm
14
Appliance height 86.5 cm
14
18 cm
14
33 cm
14
20.5 cm
14
30.5 cm
14
23 cm
14
28 cm
14
1. Pull out the top basket 12 out.
14
2. To lower the basket, press in the left and then the right lever on the outside of the basket. In doing so, hold the sides of the basket along the upper edge to prevent it from suddenly dropping.
14
3. To raise the basket, hold the basket on the sides of the upper edge and lift it up.
14
4. Before re-inserting the basket again, ensure that it is at the same height on both sides. Otherwise, the appliance door cannot be closed and the upper spray arm will not be connected to the water circuit.
14
. Detergent
15
Detergent
15
You can use tablets as well as powder or liquid detergents for dishwashers, but never use washing up liquid. The dosage can be individually adjusted with powder or a liquid detergent according to the degree of soiling. Tablets contain an adequately l...
15
Note
15
m Warning
15
Adding detergent
15
1. If the detergent dispenser 92 is still closed, press the lock 9: to open the detergent dispenser.
15
2. Close the cover on the detergent dispenser by sliding it up until the lock engages without difficulty.
15
Tip
16
Combination detergent
16
Apart from conventional detergents (Solo), a number of products are offered with additional functions. These products contain not only the detergent but also rinse-aid and salt replacement substances (3in1) and, depending on the combination (4in1, 5i...
16
As soon as combined detergents are used, the rinse programme is adjusted automatically to ensure the best possible rinsing and drying result.
16
m Warning
16
m Warning
16
Notes
16
Overview of programmes
17
The max. possible number of programmes is illustrated in this overview. The corresponding programmes and their arrangement can be found on the fascia.
17
Type of utensils
17
Type of soiling
17
Programme
17
Possible additional options
17
Programme sequence
17
Programme selection
18
You can select a suitable programme according to the type of utensils and degree of soiling.
18
Information for test institutes
18
Test institutes receive the information for comparability tests (e.g. according to EN60436).
18
These are the conditions for conducting the tests, however these are not the results or consumption values.
18
Request by e-mail to:
18
[email protected]
18
The product number (E no.) and the production number (FD) are required which you can find on the rating plate 9B on the appliance door.
18
0 Additional options
18
Additional options
18
* depending on model
18
Additional options can be set with the buttons `.
18
Å Express WashPlus/ Speed PerfectPlus (VarioSpeedPlus) *Express WaschPlus/SpeedPerfectPlus (VarioSpeedPlus)
18
This function can reduce the running time by approx. 20% to 66% depending on the selected rinse programme. To obtain optimum cleaning and drying results at a reduced running time, water and energy consumption are increased.
18
Half load§ Half load *
18
If you have only a few items to wash (e.g. glasses, cups, plates), you can switch to “half load”. This will save water, energy and time. It is recommended to put a little less detergent in the detergent dispenser than for a full load.
18
µ HygienePlus *HygienePlus
18
This function increases the temperatures and retains them for an extra long time to obtain a defined disinfection performance. Continuous use of this function increases the hygiene status. This additional option is ideal for cleaning e.g. chopping bo...
18
Ï Intensive zone *Intensive zone
18
Perfect for a mixed load. You can wash very soiled pots and pans in the lower basket together with normally soiled utensils in the upper basket. The spray pressure in the lower basket is intensified, the rinsing temperature is increased slightly.
18
ï High gloss drying *High gloss drying
18
By increasing the amount of water during the rinse cycle and extending the drying phase, stains are prevented and the drying result is improved. There is a slight increase in the energy consumption. Rinse aid is recommended for the high gloss drying ...
18
1 Operating the appliance
19
Operating the appliance
19
Programme data
19
The programme data (consumption values) can be found in the summary of instructions. They refer to normal conditions and the water hardness set value •:‹…. Different influencing factors such as e.g. water temperature or line pressure may result...
19
Aqua sensorAqua sensor *
19
* depending on model
19
The Aqua sensor is an optical measuring device (light barrier) which measures the turbidity of the rinsing water.
19
The Aqua sensor is used according to the programme. If the Aqua sensor is active, “clean” rinsing water can be transferred to the next rinse bath and water consumption can be reduced by 3–6 litres. If the turbidity is greater, the water is drai...
19
Zeolith drying
19
The appliance features a Zeolith container Zeolith is a mineral which can store moisture and heat energy and release them again.
19
During the washing step this heat energy is used to dry the mineral and heat up the rinsing water.
19
During the drying phase moisture from the washing compartment is stored in the mineral and heat energy is released. This released heat energy is blown into the washing compartment with dry air. This accelerates and improves drying.
19
These processes therefore save a great deal of energy.
19
m Caution
19
m Warning
19
Risk of injury!
19
Switching on the appliance
20
1. Turn on the tap fully.
20
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
20
3. Press the START button h.
20
Note
20
Programme sequence indicatorProgramme sequence indicator )"
20
Your dishes are being cleaned.
20
Your dishes are being rinsed.
20
Your dishes are being dried.
20
Remaining running time display
20
When the programme is selected, the remaining running time of the programme is indicated on the digital display )*.
20
The running time is determined during the programme by the water temperature, the number of utensils as well as the degree of soiling and may vary (depending on the selected programme).
20
Timer programmingTimer programming *
20
* depending on model
20
You can delay the start of the programme in 1-hour steps up to 24 hours.
20
1. Close the door.
20
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
20
3. Press button X + until the digital display )* jumps to œ:‹‚.
20
4. Press X + or – button until the displayed time corresponds with your requirements.
20
5. Press START button h, timer programming is activated.
20
6. To delete timer programming, press the X + or – button until )* œ:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display.
20
End of programme
20
The programme has ended when the value ‹:‹‹ is indicated on the numerical display )*.
20
Automatic switch off after end of programme or interior light*Automatic switch off / interior light
21
* depending on model
21
To save energy, the dishwasher can be automatically switched off 1 min or 120 min after the programme ends.
21
The setting can be selected from ˜:‹‹ to ˜:‹ƒ.
21
Appliance does not switch off automatically.
21
The interior light 1" comes on when the door is opened irrespective of whether the ON/OFF switch ( is switched on or off. When the door is closed the light is off. If the door is open for longer than 60 min., the light switches off automatically. The...
21
Appliance switches off after 1 min.
21
Appliance switches off after 120 min.
21
1. Close the door.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
21
4. Release both buttons.
21
5. Keep pressing programme button # until the value ˜:‹... is indicated on the numerical display )*.
21
To change the setting:
21
1. Press programme button 3.
21
2. Press START button h.
21
Switching off the appliance
21
Short time after the end of the programme:
21
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
21
2. Turn off the tap (not applicable if Aqua-Stop fitted).
21
3. Remove the utensils when they have cooled down.
21
Note
21
Interrupting the programme
22
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
22
2. To continue the programme, switch on the ON/OFF switch ( again.
22
Terminating the programmeTerminating the programme (Reset)
22
1. Press START button h for approx. 3 sec.
22
2. The programme sequence lasts approx. 1 min. On the digital display )* is indicated ‹:‹‹.
22
3. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
22
Changing the programme
22
When the START button h has been pressed, the programme cannot be changed.
22
The only way a programme can be changed is by Cancel programme (Reset).
22
Intensive drying
22
The final rinse uses a higher temperature which improves the drying result. The running time may increase slightly. (Caution if utensils are delicate!)
22
1. Close the door.
22
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until the digital display )* •:‹... is indicated.
22
4. Release both buttons.
22
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value š:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*.
22
To change the setting,
22
1. Press the button 3 to switch the Intensive drying on š:‹‚ or off š:‹‹.
22
2. Press START button h.
22
2 Cleaning and maintenance
23
Cleaning and maintenance
23
A regular inspection and maintenance of your machine will help to prevent faults. This saves time and prevents problems.
23
Overall condition of the machine
23
If you find such deposits:
23
Clean the appliance with detergents/ appliance cleaners which are particularly suitable for use with dishwashers.
23
Never use a steam cleaner to clean your dishwasher. The manufacturer is not liable for any consequential damage.
23
Regularly wipe the front of the appliance and fascia with a damp cloth; water and a little washing up liquid are adequate. Do not use sponges with a rough surface or abrasive detergents, as these could scratch the surfaces.
23
Stainless steel appliances: To prevent corrosion, avoid using sponge cloths or wash them out thoroughly several times before using for the first time.
23
m Warning
23
Health hazard
23
Special salt and rinse aid
23
Filters
24
The filters 1j keep large foreign objects in the rinsing water away from the pump. These foreign objects may occasionally block the filters.
24
The filter system consists of a coarse filter, a flat fine filter and a microfilter.
24
1. After each washing cycle check the filters for residue.
24
2. Unscrew filter cylinder as illustrated and take out filter system.
24
3. Remove any residue and clean filters under running water.
24
4. Re-install filter system in reverse sequence and ensure that the arrow marks are opposite each other after closing the filter system.
24
Spray arms
24
Limescale and contaminants in the rinsing water may block nozzles and bearings on the spray arms 1: and 1Z.
24
1. Check outlet nozzles on the spray arms for blockages.
24
2. Unscrew the upper spray arm 1:.
24
3. Remove the lower spray arm 1Z upwards.
24
4. Clean spray arms under running water.
24
5. Re-engage or screw on spray arms.
24
3 Fault, what to do?
25
Fault, what to do?
25
Experience has shown that you can rectify most faults which occur in daily operation yourself. This ensures that the machine is quickly available to you again. In the following overview you can find possible causes of malfunctions and helpful informa...
25
Note
25
m Warning
25
Waste water pump
25
Large food remnants or foreign objects which were not captured by the filters may block the waste water pump. The rinsing water will then be above the filter.
25
m Warning
25
Risk of cuts!
25
In this case:
25
1. First always disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
25
2. Take out top basket 12 and bottom basket 9".
25
3. Remove the filters 1j.
25
4. Scoop out water, use a sponge if required.
25
5. Prise out the white pump cover (as illustrated) using a spoon. Grip the cover on the crosspiece and lift diagonally inwards. Remove cover completely.
25
6. Check impeller wheel and remove any foreign objects.
25
7. Place cover in the original position and press down until it engages (click).
25
8. Install filters.
25
9. Re-insert baskets.
25
Fault table
26
Fault
26
Cause
26
Remedial action
26
4 Customer service
34
Customer service
34
If you are unable to rectify the fault, please contact your customer service. We always find a suitable solution, even to avoid unnecessary visits by technicians. Contact information for your nearest customer service can be found on the back of these...
34
Rely on the competence of the manufa cturer. Contact us. You can therefore be sure that the repair is carried out by trained service technicians who carry original spare parts for your domestic appliances.
34
* depending on model
34
5 Installation and connection
34
Installation and connection
34
The dishwasher must be connected correctly, otherwise it will not function properly. The specifications for the inlet and outlet as well as the electrical connected loads must correspond with the required criteria as specified in the following paragr...
34
Install the appliance in the correct sequence:
34
1. Checking appliance on delivery
34
2. Installing the appliance
34
3. Waste water connection
34
4. Drinking water connection
34
5. Electrical connection
34
Product package
34
If you have any complaints, contact the dealer where you purchased the appliance or our customer service.
34
* depending on model
34
Safety instructions
34
Please follow the safety instructions under “Installation”.
34
Delivery
35
Your dishwasher has been checked thoroughly in the factory to ensure that it is in working order. This may cause small water stains. These will disappear after the first wash cycle.
35
Technical specifications
35
Weight:
35
max. 60 kg
35
Voltage:
35
220–240 V, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
35
Connected load:
35
2.0–2.4 kW
35
Fuse:
35
10/16 A (UK 13A)
35
Power input:
35
off mode (Po)* 0.10 W
35
left on mode (Pl)* 0.10 W
35
*according to regulations (EU) nos. 1016/2010 and 1059/2010
35
Additional functions and settings may increase the power input.
35
Water pressure:
35
at least 0.05 MPa (0.5 bar), maximum 1 MPa (10 bar). At a higher water pressure: connect pressure-reducing valve ahead.
35
Inlet rate:
35
minimum 10 litres/minute
35
Water temperature:
35
cold water; hot water max. temperature 60 °C.
35
Capacity:
35
12–15 place settings (depending on model).
35
Installation
35
The required installation dimensions can be found in the installation instructions. Level the appliance with the aid of the height-adjustable feet. Ensure that the appliance is situated securely on the floor.
35
Waste-water connection
35
1. The required work sequence can be found in the installation instructions. If required, fit a siphon with an drainage connection.
35
2. Connect the waste-water hose to the drainage connection of the siphon with the enclosed parts.
35
Drinking water connection
36
1. Fasten the drinking water connection to the tap according to the installation instructions using the enclosed parts.
36
2. When replacing the appliance, always use a new water supply hose.
36
Water pressure:
36
At least 0.05 MPa (0.5 bar), maximum 1 MPa (10 bar). At a higher water pressure: connect pressure-reducing valve ahead.
36
Inlet rate:
36
Minimum 10 litres/minute
36
Water temperature:
36
Cold water; hot water max. temperature 60 °C.
36
Warm water connection *Warm water connection
36
* depending on model
36
The dishwasher can be connected to cold or hot water up to max. 60 °C.
36
Connection to hot water is recommended if the hot water can be supplied by energetically favourable means and from a suitable installation, e.g. solar heating system with circulation line.
36
This will save energy and time.
36
The hot water setting ‘:‹‚ allows you to adjust your appliance optimally to operation with hot water.
36
It is recommended to have a water temperature (temperature of the incoming water) of at least 40 °C and no more than 60 °C.
36
It is not recommended to connect the appliance to hot water if the water is supplied from an electric boiler.
36
Setting hot water:
36
1. Close the door.
36
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
36
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
36
4. Release both buttons.
36
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ‘:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*.
36
To change the setting:
36
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the hot water setting off ‘:‹‹ or on ‘:‹‚.
36
2. Press START button h.
36
Electrical connection
37
Removing the appliance
37
Also observe the sequence of worksteps here.
37
1. Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
37
2. Turn off the water supply.
37
3. Undo the waste water and drinking water connection.
37
4. Loosen fastening screws for the furniture parts.
37
5. If fitted, remove the base panel.
37
6. Pull out the appliance, carefully pulling the hose behind.
37
Transportation
38
Empty the dishwasher and secure loose parts.
38
Drain the appliance according to the following steps:
38
1. Turn on the tap.
38
2. Close the door.
38
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
38
4. Select programme with the highest temperature.
38
5. Press START button h.
38
6. After approx. 4 minutes press the START button h until ‹:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display.
38
7. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
38
8. Turn off the tap, disconnect supply hose and drain water.
38
Transport appliance upright only.
38
(This prevents residual water from running into the machine control and damaging the programme sequence.)
38
Protection against frostProtection against frost (Emptying the appliance)
38
If the appliance is in a room where there is a risk of frost (e.g. holiday home), empty the appliance completely (see Transportation).
38
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.30 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
36
Language
English
Table of contents
Safety instructions
2
Before you switch ON the appliance
2
Delivery
3
1. Check the packaging and dishwasher immediately for damage caused in transit. Do not switch on a damaged appliance, but contact your supplier.
3
2. Please dispose of the packaging material in an environmentally friendly manner.
3
3. Do not let children play with packaging and its parts. There is a risk of suffocation from collapsible boxes and film.
3
Installation
3
In daily use
4
Childproof lock (door lock)Door lock *
4
Childproof lock (button lock)Button lock
4
1. Start the required programme.
4
2. Hold down the button + for approx. 4 sec. until this ’– is indicated on the digital display.
4
Damage
4
Disposal
5
1. Make redundant appliances unusable to prevent subsequent accidents.
5
2. Dispose of the appliance in a n environmentally friendly manner.
5
m Warning
5
Risk of injury!
5
m Warning
5
Risk of explosion!
5
m Warning
5
Risk of scalding!
5
m Warning
5
Risks to children!
5
Protection of the environment
6
Packaging
6
Old appliances
6
Getting to know your appliance
7
Control panel
7
Appliance interior
7
Overview of menu
7
Rinse aid
7
1. Open the dispenser 1b by pressing and lifting the plate on the cover.
7
2. Carefully pour rinse aid up to the max. mark in the filler opening.
8
3. Close cover until it clicks shut.
8
4. To prevent excessive foam formation during the next rinse cycle, remove any rinse aid which has run over with a cloth.
8
Setting amount of rinse aid
8
1. Close the door.
8
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
8
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button ` until š:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
8
4. Release both buttons.
8
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value §:‹† is indicated on the digital display )".
8
To change the setting:
8
1. Press programme button 3.
8
2. Press START button `.
8
Switching off rinse aid refill indicator
8
Utensils
8
Not suitable
8
Glass and utensil damage
9
Loading the dishwasher
9
1. Remove large food remnants. It is not necessary to prerinse utensils under running water.
9
2. Place the utensils so that
9
Unloading the dishwasher
9
Note
9
Cups and glasses
9
Pans
10
Tip
10
Tip
10
Cutlery drawer
10
Folding spikesFolding spikes *
11
Small accessories holder *Small accessories holder
11
Adjusting the height of the basket
11
Appliance height 81.5 cm
11
Appliance height 86.5 cm
11
1. Pull out the top basket 12 out.
12
2. To lower the basket, press in the left and then the right lever on the outside of the basket. In doing so, hold the sides of the basket along the upper edge to prevent it from suddenly dropping.
12
3. To raise the basket, hold the basket on the sides of the upper edge and lift it up.
12
4. Before re-inserting the basket again, ensure that it is at the same height on both sides. Otherwise, the appliance door cannot be closed and the upper spray arm will not be connected to the water circuit.
12
. Detergent
12
Detergent
12
Note
12
m Warning
12
Adding detergent
13
1. If the detergent dispenser 1j is still closed, press the lock 9" to open the detergent dispenser.
13
2. Close the cover on the detergent dispenser by sliding it up until the lock engages without difficulty.
13
Tip
13
m Warning
13
m Warning
13
Notes
13
Type of utensils and soiling
14
Programm
14
Programme data
14
1.) Duration: hs/ mins
14
2.) Energy consumption in kWh
14
3.) Water consumption in litres
14
4.) With Aquasensor
14
Possible additional options
14
Programme sequence
14
Programme selection
15
Information for test institutes
15
0 Additional options
15
Additional options
15
Express Wash/ Speed Perfect (VarioSpeed)Ÿ Express Wash/ Speed Perfect/ (VarioSpeed) *
15
Half load§ Half load *
15
µ HygienePlus *HygienePlus
15
Ï Intensive zone *Intensive zone
15
¿ Extra drying *Extra drying
15
1 Operating the appliance
16
Operating the appliance
16
Aqua sensorAqua sensor *
16
Switching on the appliance
16
1. Turn on the tap fully.
16
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
16
3. Press the START button `.
16
Programme sequence indicatorProgramme sequence indicator h
16
Remaining running time display
16
Timer programmingTimer programming *
16
1. Close the door.
16
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
16
3. Press button P + until the digital display )" jumps to œ:‹‚.
16
4. Press P + or – button until the displayed time corresponds with your requirements.
16
5. Press START button `, timer programming is activated.
16
6. To delete timer programming, press the P + or – button until )" œ:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display.
16
End of programme
17
Automatic switch off after end of programme or interior light*Automatic switch off / interior light
17
1. Close the door.
17
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
17
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button ` until š:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
17
4. Release both buttons.
17
5. Keep pressing programme button # until the value ˜:‹... is indicated on the numerical display )".
17
To change the setting:
17
1. Press programme button 3.
17
2. Press START button `.
17
Switching off the appliance
17
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
17
2. Turn off the tap (not applicable if Aqua-Stop fitted).
17
3. Open the door.
17
4. Remove the utensils when they have cooled down.
17
Note
17
Interrupting the programme
17
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
17
2. To continue the programme, switch on the ON/OFF switch ( again.
17
Terminating the programmeTerminating the programme (Reset)
18
1. Press START button ` for approx. 3 sec.
18
2. The programme sequence lasts approx. 1 min. On the digital display )" is indicated ‹:‹‹.
18
3. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
18
Changing the programme
18
Intensive drying
18
1. Close the door.
18
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
18
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button ` until the digital display )" š:‹... is indicated.
18
4. Release both buttons.
18
To change the setting:
18
1. Press the button 3 to switch the Intensive drying on š:‹‚ or off š:‹‹.
18
2. Press START button `.
18
2 Cleaning and maintenance
18
Cleaning and maintenance
18
Overall condition of the machine
18
m Warning
19
Health hazard
19
Rinse aid
19
Filters
19
1. After each washing cycle check the filters for residue.
19
2. Unscrew filter cylinder as illustrated and take out filter system.
19
3. Remove any residue and clean filters under running water.
19
4. Re-install filter system in reverse sequence and ensure that the arrow marks are opposite each other after closing the filter system.
19
Spray arms
19
1. Check outlet nozzles on the spray arms for blockages.
19
2. Unscrew the upper spray arm 1:.
19
3. Remove the lower spray arm 1J upwards.
19
4. Clean spray arms under running water.
19
5. Re-engage or screw on spray arms.
19
3 Fault, what to do?
20
Fault, what to do?
20
Note
20
m Warning
20
Waste water pump
20
1. First always disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
20
2. Take out top basket 12 and bottom basket 1Z.
20
3. Remove the filters 1R.
20
4. Scoop out water, use a sponge if required.
20
5. Prise out the white pump cover (as illustrated) using a spoon. Grip the cover on the crosspiece and lift diagonally inwards. Remove cover completely.
20
6. Check impeller wheel and remove any foreign objects.
20
7. Place cover in the original position and press down until it engages (click).
20
8. Install filters.
20
9. Re-insert baskets.
20
Fault
21
Cause
21
Remedial action
21
4 Customer service
28
Customer service
28
5 Installation and connection
28
Installation and connection
28
1. Checking appliance on delivery
28
2. Installing the appliance
28
3. Waste water connection
28
4. Fresh water connection
28
5. Electrical connection
28
Product package
28
Safety instructions
28
Delivery
29
Technical specifications
29
Installation
29
Waste-water connection
29
1. The required work sequence can be found in the installation instructions. If required, fit a siphon with an drainage connection.
29
2. Connect the waste-water hose to the drainage connection of the siphon with the enclosed parts.
29
Fresh water connection
30
1. Connect the fresh-water connection to the tap according to the installation instructions with the enclosed parts.
30
2. When replacing the appliance, always use a new water supply hose.
30
Electrical connection
30
Removing the appliance
31
1. Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
31
2. Turn off the water supply.
31
3. Disconnect the waste water and fresh water connections.
31
4. Loosen fastening screws for the furniture parts.
31
5. If fitted, remove the base panel.
31
6. Pull out the appliance, carefully pulling the hose behind.
31
Transportation
31
Drain the appliance according to the following steps:
31
1. Turn on the tap.
31
2. Close the door.
31
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
31
4. Select programme with the highest temperature.
31
5. Press START button `.
31
6. After approx. 4 minutes press the START button ` until ‹:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display.
31
7. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
31
8. Turn off the tap, disconnect supply hose and drain water.
31
Protection against frostProtection against frost (Emptying the appliance)
31
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.21 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
28
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Before you switch ON the appliance
2
Using special salt
5
Not suitable
7
Programme data
14
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
3.00 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
28
Language
English
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.88 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
48
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
the appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
6
Button lock
8
Damage
8
Disposal
8
Environmental protection
10
Packaging
10
Old appliances
10
your appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
11
Overview of menu
11
Eco drying
11
special salt
12
Water hardness table
12
softening system
12
Using special salt
13
Detergent with a salt component
13
Switching off water softening unit
13
Rinse aid
14
Setting amount of rinse aid
15
aid component
15
aid refill indicator
15
Utensils
16
Not suitable
16
Glass and utensil damage
16
Loading the dishwasher
16
Upper basket
16
Lower basket
17
Cutlery basket
17
Cutlery drawer
17
Etagere
18
Folding spikes
18
Small items holder
19
Knife rack
19
Baking sheet spray head
19
Unloading the dishwasher
20
Adjusting the height of the basket
20
Detergent
22
Adding detergent
22
Combination detergent
23
Overview of programmes
24
Programme selection
25
Information for test institutes
25
Additional functions
26
Save time (VarioSpeedPlus)
26
Half load
26
hygienePlus (HygienePlus)
26
intensiveZone
26
extraDry
26
Shine and Dry
26
Energy Save
26
Operating the appliance
27
Programme data
27
AquaSensor
27
Eco drying
27
Switching on the appliance
28
Remaining running time display
28
Time preselection
28
Programme end
28
AutoPowerOff
29
Switching off the appliance
29
Interrupting the programme
30
Terminating the programme
30
Changing the programme
30
ExtraDry
30
Cleaning and maintenance
31
Overall status of the dishwasher
31
Machine Care
32
Special salt and rinse aid
32
Filters
33
Spray arms
33
Fault, what to do?
34
Waste water pump
34
Fault table
35
Customer service
44
Installation and connection
44
Contents of package
44
Safety instructions
44
Delivery
45
Technical specifications
45
Installation
45
Drainage connection
45
Drinking water connection
46
Hot water connection
46
Electrical connection
47
Removal
47
Transporting
47
(Emptying the appliance)
47
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.03 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
Special salt
11
Setting
11
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
13
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
indicator
14
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
15
Unloading the dishwasher
15
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery basket
16
Etagere
16
Folding spikes
17
Small accessories holder
17
Knife shelf
17
Adjusting the height of the basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
19
Combination detergent
20
Overview of programmes
21
Programme selection
22
Information for test institutes
22
Additional options
22
(VarioSpeedPlus)
22
Half load
22
HygienePlus
22
Intensive zone
22
High gloss drying
22
Operating the appliance
23
Programme data
23
Aqua sensor
23
Zeolith drying
23
Switching on the appliance
24
Remaining running time display
24
Timer programming
24
End of programme
24
interior light
25
Switching off the appliance
25
Interrupting the programme
26
Terminating the programme
26
Changing the programme
26
Intensive drying
26
Cleaning and maintenance
27
Overall condition of the machine
27
Special salt and rinse aid
27
Filters
28
Spray arms
28
Fault, what to do?
29
Waste water pump
29
Fault table
30
Customer service
38
Installation and connection
38
Product package
38
Safety instructions
38
Delivery
39
Technical specifications
39
Installation
39
Waste-water connection
39
Drinking water connection
40
Warm water connection
40
Electrical connection
41
Removing the appliance
41
Transportation
42
(Emptying the appliance)
42
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.27 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
system/Special salt
11
Setting
11
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
13
Setting amount of rinse aid
14
indicator
14
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
15
Unloading the dishwasher
15
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery drawer
16
Folding spikes
17
Small accessories holder
17
Adjusting the height of the basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
19
Combination detergent
20
Overview of programmes
21
Programme selection
22
Information for test institutes
22
Additional options
22
(VarioSpeedPlus)
22
Half load
22
HygienePlus
23
Intensive zone
23
Extra drying
23
Operating the appliance
23
Programme data
23
Aqua sensor
23
Switching on the appliance
24
Remaining running time display
24
Timer programming
24
End of programme
24
the end of the programme
25
Switching off the appliance
25
Interrupting the programme
25
Terminating the programme
26
Changing the programme
26
Intensive drying
26
Cleaning and maintenance
27
Overall condition of the machine
27
Special salt and rinse aid
27
Filters
28
Spray arms
28
Fault, what to do?
29
Waste water pump
29
Fault table
30
Customer service
38
Installation and connection
38
Product package
38
Safety instructions
38
Delivery
39
Technical specifications
39
Installation
39
Waste-water connection
39
Drinking water connection
40
Warm water connection
40
Electrical connection
41
Removing the appliance
41
Transportation
42
(Emptying the appliance)
42
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.87 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
48
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
the appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
6
Button lock
8
Damage
8
Disposal
8
Environmental protection
10
Packaging
10
Old appliances
10
your appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
11
Overview of menu
11
special salt
12
Water hardness table
12
softening system
12
Using special salt
13
Detergent with a salt component
13
Switching off water softening unit
13
Rinse aid
14
Setting amount of rinse aid
15
aid component
15
aid refill indicator
15
Utensils
16
Not suitable
16
Glass and utensil damage
16
Loading the dishwasher
16
Upper basket
16
Lower basket
17
Cutlery basket
17
Cutlery drawer
17
Etagere
18
Folding spikes
18
Small items holder
19
Knife rack
19
Baking sheet spray head
19
Unloading the dishwasher
20
Adjusting the height of the basket
20
Detergent
22
Adding detergent
22
Combination detergent
23
Overview of programmes
24
Programme selection
25
Information for test institutes
25
Additional functions
26
Save time (VarioSpeedPlus)
26
Half load
26
hygienePlus (HygienePlus)
26
intensiveZone
26
extraDry
26
Shine and Dry
26
Energy Save
26
Operating the appliance
27
Programme data
27
AquaSensor
27
Switching on the appliance
27
Remaining running time display
28
Time preselection
28
Programme end
28
AutoPowerOff
29
Switching off the appliance
30
Interrupting the programme
30
Terminating the programme
30
Changing the programme
30
ExtraDry
30
Cleaning and maintenance
31
Overall status of the dishwasher
31
Machine Care
32
Special salt and rinse aid
32
Filters
33
Spray arms
33
Fault, what to do?
34
Waste water pump
34
Fault table
35
Customer service
44
Installation and connection
44
Contents of package
44
Safety instructions
44
Delivery
45
Technical specifications
45
Installation
45
Drainage connection
45
Drinking water connection
46
Hot water connection
46
Electrical connection
47
Removal
47
Transporting
47
(Emptying the appliance)
47
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.42 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
2
( Safety instructions
2
Safety instructions
2
Before you switch ON the appliance
2
Delivery
3
1. Check the packaging and dishwasher immediately for damage caused in transit. Do not switch on a damaged appliance, but contact your supplier.
3
2. Please dispose of the packaging material in an environmentally friendly manner.
3
3. Do not let children play with packaging and its parts. There is a risk of suffocation from collapsible boxes and film.
3
Installation
3
In daily use
4
Childproof lock (door lock)Door lock *
4
Damage
4
Disposal
5
1. Make redundant appliances unusable to prevent subsequent accidents.
5
2. Dispose of the appliance in a n environmentally friendly manner.
5
m Warning
5
Risk of injury!
5
â– To prevent injuries, e.g. caused by stumbling, open the dishwasher only briefly in order to load and unload the dishwasher.
5
â– Knives and other utensils with sharp points must be placed horizontally in the cutlery drawer.
5
â– Do not lean or sit on the open door.
5
â– In the case of free-standing appliances, ensure that the baskets are not overloaded.
5
â– If the appliance is not in a cavity and a side panel is accessible, the door hinge area must be covered at the side for reasons of safety (risk of injury). The covers are available as optional accessories from customer service or specialist outlets.
5
m Warning
5
Risk of explosion!
5
m Warning
5
Risk of scalding!
5
m Warning
5
Risks to children!
5
â– If fitted, use the childproof lock. An exact description can be found in the back of the enve lope.
5
â– Do not allow children to play with or operate the appliance.
5
â– Keep children away from detergents and rinse aid. These may cause chemical burns in the mouth, throat and eyes or asphyxiation.
5
â– Keep children away from open dishwasher. The water in the rinsing compartment is not drinking water and could contain detergent residue.
5
â– Ensure that children do not place fingers in the tablet collecting tray 1B. Small fingers could become caught in the slots.
6
â– When opening and closing the door on an eye-level appliance, ensure that children do not become jammed or crushed between the appliance door and the cupboard door below.
6
â– Children could become locked in the appliance (danger of suffocation) or get into another dangerous situation.
6
7 Protection of the environment
6
Protection of the environment
6
Packaging
6
Old appliances
6
* Getting to know your appliance
7
Getting to know your appliance
7
Control panel
7
Appliance interior
7
Overview of menu
7
Selecting language
8
Language
8
Setting
8
p:‹‚
8
p:‹ƒ
8
p:‹„
8
p:‹…
8
p:ܠ
8
p:‹‡
8
p:‹ˆ
8
p:‹‰
8
p:‹Š
8
p:‚‹
8
p:‚‚
8
p:‚ƒ
8
p:‚„
8
p:‚…
8
p:‚†
8
p:‚‡
8
p:‚ˆ
8
p:‚‰
8
p:‚Š
8
p:ƒ‹
8
p:ƒ‚
8
p:ƒƒ
8
p:ƒ„
8
To change the language:
8
1. Open the door.
8
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
8
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until the digital display 8 •:‹... is indicated.
8
4. Release both buttons.
8
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value p:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display 8.
8
6. Press programme button 3.
8
7. Press START button )".
8
8. Close the door.
8
Display window
8
+ Water softening system/Special salt
9
Water softening system/Special salt
9
Setting
9
1. Find out about the hardness value of your tap water. Your water utility company will help you with this.
9
2. Set value can be found in the water hardness table.
9
3. Open the door.
9
4. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
9
5. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
9
6. Release both buttons.
9
To change the setting:
9
1. Press programme button 3.
9
2. Press START button )".
9
3. Close the door.
9
Water hardness table
9
Using special salt
10
1. Open the screw-type cap of the compartment 1b.
10
2. Fill the tank with water (only required when switching on the appliance for the first time).
10
3. Then add dishwasher special salt (not table salt or tablets).
10
Using detergents with salt componentDetergents with salt component
10
Switching off salt refill indicator/water softening systemSwitching off water softening system
10
m Caution
10
, Rinse aid
11
Rinse aid
11
1. Open the dispenser 9* by pressing and lifting the plate on the cover.
11
2. Carefully pour rinse aid up to the max. mark in the filler opening.
11
3. Close cover until it clicks shut.
11
4. To prevent excessive foam formation during the next rinse cycle, remove any rinse aid which has run over with a cloth.
11
Setting amount of rinse aid
11
1. Open the door.
11
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
11
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
11
4. Release both buttons.
11
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value §:‹† is indicated on the digital display 8.
11
To change the setting:
12
1. Press programme button 3.
12
2. Press START button )".
12
3. Close the door.
12
Switching off rinse aid refill indicator
12
- Utensils
12
Utensils
12
Not suitable
12
Glass and utensil damage
12
Loading the dishwasher
13
1. Remove large food remnants. It is not necessary to prerinse utensils under running water.
13
2. Place the utensils so that
13
Unloading the dishwasher
13
Note
13
Cups and glasses
13
Pans
13
Tip
14
Tip
14
Cutlery drawer
14
Folding spikesFolding spikes *
14
Small accessories holder *Small accessories holder
15
Adjusting the height of the basket
15
Appliance height 81.5 cm
15
16 cm
15
30 cm
15
18.5 cm
15
27.5 cm
15
21 cm
15
25 cm
15
Appliance height 86.5 cm
15
18 cm
15
33 cm
15
20.5 cm
15
30.5 cm
15
23 cm
15
28 cm
15
1. Pull out the top basket 12 out.
15
2. To lower the basket, press in the left and then the right lever on the outside of the basket. In doing so, hold the sides of the basket along the upper edge to prevent it from suddenly dropping.
15
3. To raise the basket, hold the basket on the sides of the upper edge and lift it up.
15
4. Before re-inserting the basket again, ensure that it is at the same height on both sides. Otherwise, the appliance door cannot be closed and the upper spray arm will not be connected to the water circuit.
15
. Detergent
16
Detergent
16
Note
16
m Warning
16
Adding detergent
16
1. If the detergent dispenser 92 is still closed, press the lock 9: to open the detergent dispenser.
16
2. Close the cover on the detergent dispenser by sliding it up until the lock engages without difficulty.
16
Tip
17
Combination detergent
17
m Warning
17
m Warning
17
Notes
17
Overview of programmes
18
The max. possible number of programmes is illustrated in this overview. The corresponding programmes and their arrangement can be found on the fascia.
18
Type of utensils
18
Type of soiling
18
Programme
18
Possible additional options
18
Programme sequence
18
Programme selection
19
Information for test institutes
19
0 Additional options
19
Additional options
19
Å Express WashPlus/ Speed PerfectPlus (VarioSpeedPlus) *Express WaschPlus/SpeedPerfectPlus (VarioSpeedPlus)
19
Half load§ Half load *
19
µ HygienePlus *HygienePlus
19
Ï Intensive zone *Intensive zone
19
ï High gloss drying *High gloss drying
20
ß Energy SaveEnergy Save *
20
1 Operating the appliance
20
Operating the appliance
20
Programme data
20
Aqua sensorAqua sensor *
20
Zeolith drying
20
m Caution
20
m Warning
21
Risk of injury!
21
Switching on the appliance
21
1. Turn on the tap fully.
21
2. Open the door.
21
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
4. Press the START button )".
21
5. Close the door.
21
Note
21
Remaining running time display
21
Onboard computer
21
1. Open the door.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display 8.
21
4. Release both buttons.
21
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ’:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display 8.
21
To change the setting:
21
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the on board computer (additional programme information) off ’:‹‹ or on ’:‹‚.
21
2. Press START button )".
21
3. Close the door.
21
Timer programming
22
1. Open the door.
22
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Press the button ` + until ‹‚ is flaching in the timer programming display X.
22
4. Press + or – button until the ` displayed time corresponds with your requirements.
22
5. Press START button )", timer programming is activated.
22
6. To delete timer programming `, press the + or – button until ‹‹ is indicated on the digital display X.
22
7. Close the door.
22
End of programme
22
1. Open the door.
22
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
22
4. Release both buttons.
22
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ›:‹ƒ is indicated on the digital display 8.
22
To change the setting,
22
1. Press programme button 3. Each time the button is pressed, the set value increases by one level; when the value of ›:‹„ has been reached, the display jumps back to ›:‹‹ (off).
22
2. Press START button )", the set value is saved.
22
3. Close the door.
22
Automatic switch off after end of programme or interior light*Automatic switch off / interior light
23
1. Open the door.
23
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
23
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
23
4. Release both buttons.
23
5. Keep pressing programme button # until the value ˜:‹... is indicated on the numerical display 8.
23
To change the setting:
23
1. Press programme button 3.
23
2. Press START button )".
23
3. Close the door.
23
Switching off the appliance
23
1. Open the door.
23
2. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
23
3. Turn off the tap (not applicable if Aqua-Stop fitted).
23
4. Remove the utensils when they have cooled down.
23
Note
23
Interrupting the programme
24
1. Open the door.
24
2. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
24
3. To continue the programme, switch on the ON/OFF switch ( again.
24
4. Close the door.
24
Terminating the programmeTerminating the programme (Reset)
24
1. Open the door.
24
2. Press START button )" for approx. 3 sec.
24
3. Close the door.
24
4. Open the door.
24
5. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
24
6. Close the door.
24
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
1. Open the door.
24
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
24
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
24
4. Release both buttons.
24
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value š:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display 8.
24
To change the setting,
24
1. Press the button 3 to switch the Intensive drying on š:‹‚ or off š:‹‹.
24
2. Press START button )".
24
3. Close the door.
24
2 Cleaning and maintenance
25
Cleaning and maintenance
25
Overall condition of the machine
25
m Warning
25
Health hazard
25
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
26
1. After each washing cycle check the filters for residue.
26
2. Unscrew filter cylinder as illustrated and take out filter system.
26
3. Remove any residue and clean filters under running water.
26
4. Re-install filter system in reverse sequence and ensure that the arrow marks are opposite each other after closing the filter system.
26
Spray arms
26
1. Check outlet nozzles on the spray arms for blockages.
26
2. Unscrew the upper spray arm 1:.
26
3. Remove the lower spray arm 1Z upwards.
26
4. Clean spray arms under running water.
26
5. Re-engage or screw on spray arms.
26
3 Fault, what to do?
26
Fault, what to do?
26
Note
27
m Warning
27
Error message in the display window
27
Waste water pump
27
m Warning
27
Risk of cuts!
27
1. First always disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
27
2. Take out top basket 12 and bottom basket 9".
27
3. Remove the filters 1j.
27
4. Scoop out water, use a sponge if required.
27
5. Prise out the white pump cover (as illustrated) using a spoon. Grip the cover on the crosspiece and lift diagonally inwards. Remove cover completely.
27
6. Check impeller wheel and remove any foreign objects.
27
7. Place cover in the original position and press down until it engages (click).
27
8. Install filters.
27
9. Re-insert baskets.
27
Fault table
28
Fault
28
Cause
28
Remedial action
28
4 Customer service
36
Customer service
36
5 Installation and connection
36
Installation and connection
36
1. Checking appliance on delivery
36
2. Installing the appliance
36
3. Waste water connection
36
4. Drinking water connection
36
5. Electrical connection
36
Product package
36
Safety instructions
36
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
37
Waste-water connection
37
1. The required work sequence can be found in the installation instructions. If required, fit a siphon with an drainage connection.
37
2. Connect the waste-water hose to the drainage connection of the siphon with the enclosed parts.
37
Drinking water connection
38
1. Fasten the drinking water connection to the tap according to the installation instructions using the enclosed parts.
38
2. When replacing the appliance, always use a new water supply hose.
38
Warm water connection *Warm water connection
38
Setting hot water:
38
1. Open the door.
38
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
38
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
38
4. Release both buttons.
38
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ‘:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display 8.
38
To change the setting:
39
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the hot water setting off ‘:‹‹ or on ‘:‹‚.
39
2. Press START button )".
39
3. Close the door.
39
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
1. Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
39
2. Turn off the water supply.
39
3. Undo the waste water and drinking water connection.
39
4. Loosen fastening screws for the furniture parts.
39
5. If fitted, remove the base panel.
39
6. Pull out the appliance, carefully pulling the hose behind.
39
Transportation
40
Drain the appliance according to the following steps:
40
1. Turn on the tap.
40
2. Open the door.
40
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
40
4. Select programme with the highest temperature.
40
5. Press START button )".
40
6. Close the door.
40
7. Open door after approx. 4 minutes.
40
8. Press START button )" until ‹:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display.
40
9. Close the door.
40
10. Open door after approx. 1 minute.
40
11. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
40
12. Turn off the tap, disconnect supply hose and drain water.
40
Protection against frostProtection against frost (Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.88 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
52
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
5
Safety instructions
5
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
6
In daily use
7
Door lock
7
Button lock
8
Damage
9
Disposal
9
Environmental protection
11
Packaging
11
Old appliances
11
appliance
12
Control panel
12
Appliance interior
12
Overview of menu
13
special salt
14
Water hardness table
14
system
15
Using special salt
15
Detergent with a salt component
16
Switching off water softening unit
16
Rinse aid
16
Setting amount of rinse aid
17
component
17
indicator
17
Utensils
18
Not suitable
18
Glass and utensil damage
18
Loading the dishwasher
18
Upper basket
18
Lower basket
19
Cutlery basket
19
Cutlery drawer
19
Etagere
20
Folding spikes
21
Small items holder
21
Knife rack
21
Baking sheet spray head
22
Unloading the dishwasher
22
basket
22
Detergent
24
Adding detergent
25
Combination detergent
26
Overview of programmes
27
Programme selection
28
Information for test institutes
28
Additional functions
29
Save time (VarioSpeedPlus)
29
Half load
29
hygienePlus (HygienePlus)
29
intensiveZone
29
extraDry
29
Shine and Dry
29
Energy Save
29
Operating the appliance
30
Programme data
30
Changing the settings
30
AquaSensor
30
Zeolith drying
31
Sensor setting
31
ExtraDry
31
Auto Power Off
32
EmotionLight
32
Changing start programme
32
Tone volume
32
Button volume
32
Factory setting
32
Switching on the appliance
33
Remaining running time display
33
Time preselection
33
Programme end
33
Switching off the appliance
33
Interrupting the programme
34
Terminating the programme
34
Changing the programme
34
Cleaning and maintenance
34
Overall status of the dishwasher
34
Machine Care
35
Special salt and rinse aid
36
Filters
36
Spray arms
37
Fault, what to do?
37
Waste water pump
38
Fault table
39
Customer service
48
Installation and connection
48
Contents of package
48
Safety instructions
48
Delivery
49
Technical specifications
49
Installation
49
Drainage connection
49
Drinking water connection
50
Hot water connection
50
Electrical connection
51
Removal
51
Transporting
51
(Emptying the appliance)
51
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.25 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
Special salt
11
Setting
11
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
13
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
indicator
14
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
15
Unloading the dishwasher
15
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery drawer
16
Folding spikes
17
Small accessories holder
17
Adjusting the height of the basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
19
Combination detergent
20
Overview of programmes
21
Programme selection
22
Information for test institutes
22
Additional options
22
(VarioSpeedPlus)
22
Half load
22
HygienePlus
22
Intensive zone
22
Extra drying
22
Operating the appliance
23
Programme data
23
Aqua sensor
23
Switching on the appliance
23
Remaining running time display
24
Timer programming
24
End of programme
24
interior light
24
Switching off the appliance
25
Interrupting the programme
25
Terminating the programme
25
Changing the programme
26
Intensive drying
26
Cleaning and maintenance
26
Overall condition of the machine
26
Special salt and rinse aid
27
Filters
27
Spray arms
28
Fault, what to do?
28
Waste water pump
29
Fault table
30
Customer service
38
Installation and connection
38
Product package
38
Safety instructions
38
Delivery
39
Technical specifications
39
Installation
39
Waste-water connection
39
Drinking water connection
40
Warm water connection
40
Electrical connection
41
Removing the appliance
41
Transportation
42
(Emptying the appliance)
42
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.43 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
2
( Safety instructions
2
Safety instructions
2
Before you switch ON the appliance
2
Delivery
3
1. Check the packaging and dishwasher immediately for damage caused in transit. Do not switch on a damaged appliance, but contact your supplier.
3
2. Please dispose of the packaging material in an environmentally friendly manner.
3
3. Do not let children play with packaging and its parts. There is a risk of suffocation from collapsible boxes and film.
3
Installation
3
In daily use
4
Childproof lock (door lock)Door lock *
4
Damage
4
Disposal
5
1. Make redundant appliances unusable to prevent subsequent accidents.
5
2. Dispose of the appliance in a n environmentally friendly manner.
5
m Warning
5
Risk of injury!
5
m Warning
5
Risk of explosion!
5
m Warning
5
Risk of scalding!
5
m Warning
5
Risks to children!
5
7 Protection of the environment
6
Protection of the environment
6
Packaging
6
Old appliances
6
* Getting to know your appliance
7
Getting to know your appliance
7
Control panel
7
Appliance interior
7
Overview of menu
7
Selecting language
8
Language
8
Setting
8
p:‹‚
8
p:‹ƒ
8
p:‹„
8
p:‹…
8
p:ܠ
8
p:‹‡
8
p:‹ˆ
8
p:‹‰
8
p:‹Š
8
p:‚‹
8
p:‚‚
8
p:‚ƒ
8
p:‚„
8
p:‚…
8
p:‚†
8
p:‚‡
8
p:‚ˆ
8
p:‚‰
8
p:‚Š
8
p:ƒ‹
8
p:ƒ‚
8
p:ƒƒ
8
p:ƒ„
8
To change the language:
8
1. Open the door.
8
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
8
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until the digital display 8 •:‹... is indicated.
8
4. Release both buttons.
8
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value p:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display 8.
8
6. Press programme button 3.
8
7. Press START button )".
8
8. Close the door.
8
Display window
8
+ Water softening system/Special salt
9
Water softening system/Special salt
9
Setting
9
1. Find out about the hardness value of your tap water. Your water utility company will help you with this.
9
2. Set value can be found in the water hardness table.
9
3. Open the door.
9
4. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
9
5. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
9
6. Release both buttons.
9
To change the setting:
9
1. Press programme button 3.
9
2. Press START button )".
9
3. Close the door.
9
Water hardness table
9
Using special salt
10
1. Open the screw-type cap of the compartment 1b.
10
2. Fill the tank with water (only required when switching on the appliance for the first time).
10
3. Then add dishwasher special salt (not table salt or tablets).
10
Using detergents with salt componentDetergents with salt component
10
Switching off salt refill indicator/water softening systemSwitching off water softening system
10
m Caution
10
, Rinse aid
10
Rinse aid
10
1. Open the dispenser 9* by pressing and lifting the plate on the cover.
11
2. Carefully pour rinse aid up to the max. mark in the filler opening.
11
3. Close cover until it clicks shut.
11
4. To prevent excessive foam formation during the next rinse cycle, remove any rinse aid which has run over with a cloth.
11
Setting amount of rinse aid
11
1. Open the door.
11
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
11
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
11
4. Release both buttons.
11
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value §:‹† is indicated on the digital display 8.
11
To change the setting:
11
1. Press programme button 3.
11
2. Press START button )".
11
3. Close the door.
11
Switching off rinse aid refill indicator
12
- Utensils
12
Utensils
12
Not suitable
12
Glass and utensil damage
12
Loading the dishwasher
12
1. Remove large food remnants. It is not necessary to prerinse utensils under running water.
12
2. Place the utensils so that
12
Unloading the dishwasher
13
Note
13
Cups and glasses
13
Pans
13
Tip
13
Tip
13
Cutlery drawer
14
Folding spikesFolding spikes *
14
Small accessories holder *Small accessories holder
14
Adjusting the height of the basket
15
Appliance height 81.5 cm
15
16 cm
15
30 cm
15
18.5 cm
15
27.5 cm
15
21 cm
15
25 cm
15
Appliance height 86.5 cm
15
18 cm
15
33 cm
15
20.5 cm
15
30.5 cm
15
23 cm
15
28 cm
15
1. Pull out the top basket 12 out.
15
2. To lower the basket, press in the left and then the right lever on the outside of the basket. In doing so, hold the sides of the basket along the upper edge to prevent it from suddenly dropping.
15
3. To raise the basket, hold the basket on the sides of the upper edge and lift it up.
15
4. Before re-inserting the basket again, ensure that it is at the same height on both sides. Otherwise, the appliance door cannot be closed and the upper spray arm will not be connected to the water circuit.
15
. Detergent
16
Detergent
16
Note
16
m Warning
16
Adding detergent
16
1. If the detergent dispenser 92 is still closed, press the lock 9: to open the detergent dispenser.
16
2. Close the cover on the detergent dispenser by sliding it up until the lock engages without difficulty.
16
Tip
17
Combination detergent
17
m Warning
17
m Warning
17
Notes
17
Overview of programmes
18
The max. possible number of programmes is illustrated in this overview. The corresponding programmes and their arrangement can be found on the fascia.
18
Type of utensils
18
Type of soiling
18
Programme
18
Possible additional options
18
Programme sequence
18
Programme selection
19
Information for test institutes
19
0 Additional options
19
Additional options
19
Å Express Wash+/Speed Perfect+ (VarioSpeed+) *Express Wash+/Speed Perfect+ (VarioSpeed+)
19
Half load§ Half load *
19
µ HygienePlus *HygienePlus
19
Ï Intensive zone *Intensive zone
20
ï Shine & Dry *Shine & Dry
20
ß Energy SaveEnergy Save *
20
1 Operating the appliance
20
Operating the appliance
20
Programme data
20
Aqua sensorAqua sensor *
20
Zeolith drying
21
m Caution
21
m Warning
21
Risk of injury!
21
Switching on the appliance
21
1. Turn on the tap fully.
21
2. Open the door.
21
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
4. Press the START button )".
21
5. Close the door.
21
Note
21
Remaining running time display
21
Onboard computer
21
1. Open the door.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display 8.
21
4. Release both buttons.
22
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ’:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display 8.
22
To change the setting:
22
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the on board computer (additional programme information) off ’:‹‹ or on ’:‹‚.
22
2. Press START button )".
22
3. Close the door.
22
Timer programming
22
1. Open the door.
22
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Press the button ` + until ‹‚ is flaching in the timer programming display X.
22
4. Press + or – button until the ` displayed time corresponds with your requirements.
22
5. Press START button )", timer programming is activated.
22
6. To delete timer programming `, press the + or – button until ‹‹ is indicated on the digital display X.
22
7. Close the door.
22
End of programme
22
1. Open the door.
22
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
22
4. Release both buttons.
22
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ›:‹ƒ is indicated on the digital display 8.
22
To change the setting,
22
1. Press programme button 3. Each time the button is pressed, the set value increases by one level; when the value of ›:‹„ has been reached, the display jumps back to ›:‹‹ (off).
22
2. Press START button )", the set value is saved.
22
3. Close the door.
22
Automatic switch off after end of programme or interior light*Automatic switch off / interior light
23
1. Open the door.
23
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
23
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
23
4. Release both buttons.
23
5. Keep pressing programme button # until the value ˜:‹... is indicated on the numerical display 8.
23
To change the setting:
23
1. Press programme button 3.
23
2. Press START button )".
23
3. Close the door.
23
Switching off the appliance
23
1. Open the door.
23
2. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
23
3. Turn off the tap (not applicable if Aqua-Stop fitted).
23
4. Remove the utensils when they have cooled down.
23
Note
23
Interrupting the programme
24
1. Open the door.
24
2. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
24
3. To continue the programme, switch on the ON/OFF switch ( again.
24
4. Close the door.
24
Terminating the programmeTerminating the programme (Reset)
24
1. Open the door.
24
2. Press START button )" for approx. 3 sec.
24
3. Close the door.
24
4. Open the door.
24
5. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
24
6. Close the door.
24
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
1. Open the door.
24
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
24
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
24
4. Release both buttons.
24
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value š:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display 8.
24
To change the setting,
24
1. Press the button 3 to switch the Intensive drying on š:‹‚ or off š:‹‹.
24
2. Press START button )".
24
3. Close the door.
24
2 Cleaning and maintenance
25
Cleaning and maintenance
25
Overall condition of the machine
25
m Warning
25
Health hazard
25
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
25
1. After each washing cycle check the filters for residue.
25
2. Unscrew filter cylinder as illustrated and take out filter system.
25
3. Remove any residue and clean filters under running water.
26
4. Re-install filter system in reverse sequence and ensure that the arrow marks are opposite each other after closing the filter system.
26
Spray arms
26
1. Check outlet nozzles on the spray arms for blockages.
26
2. Unscrew the upper spray arm 1:.
26
3. Remove the lower spray arm 1Z upwards.
26
4. Clean spray arms under running water.
26
5. Re-engage or screw on spray arms.
26
3 Fault, what to do?
26
Fault, what to do?
26
Note
26
m Warning
26
Error message in the display window
26
Waste water pump
27
m Warning
27
Risk of cuts!
27
1. First always disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
27
2. Take out top basket 12 and bottom basket 9".
27
3. Remove the filters 1j.
27
4. Scoop out water, use a sponge if required.
27
5. Prise out the white pump cover (as illustrated) using a spoon. Grip the cover on the crosspiece and lift diagonally inwards. Remove cover completely.
27
6. Check impeller wheel and remove any foreign objects.
27
7. Place cover in the original position and press down until it engages (click).
27
8. Install filters.
27
9. Re-insert baskets.
27
Fault table
28
Fault
28
Cause
28
Remedial action
28
4 Customer service
36
Customer service
36
5 Installation and connection
36
Installation and connection
36
1. Checking appliance on delivery
36
2. Installing the appliance
36
3. Waste water connection
36
4. Drinking water connection
36
5. Electrical connection
36
Product package
36
Safety instructions
36
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
37
Waste-water connection
37
1. The required work sequence can be found in the installation instructions. If required, fit a siphon with an drainage connection.
37
2. Connect the waste-water hose to the drainage connection of the siphon with the enclosed parts.
37
Drinking water connection
38
1. Fasten the drinking water connection to the tap according to the installation instructions using the enclosed parts.
38
2. When replacing the appliance, always use a new water supply hose.
38
Warm water connection *Warm water connection
38
Setting hot water:
38
1. Open the door.
38
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
38
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
38
4. Release both buttons.
38
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ‘:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display 8.
38
To change the setting:
38
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the hot water setting off ‘:‹‹ or on ‘:‹‚.
38
2. Press START button )".
38
3. Close the door.
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
1. Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
39
2. Turn off the water supply.
39
3. Undo the waste water and drinking water connection.
39
4. Loosen fastening screws for the furniture parts.
39
5. If fitted, remove the base panel.
39
6. Pull out the appliance, carefully pulling the hose behind.
39
Transportation
40
Drain the appliance according to the following steps:
40
1. Turn on the tap.
40
2. Open the door.
40
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
40
4. Select programme with the highest temperature.
40
5. Press START button )".
40
6. Close the door.
40
7. Open door after approx. 4 minutes.
40
8. Press START button )" until ‹:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display.
40
9. Close the door.
40
10. Open door after approx. 1 minute.
40
11. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
40
12. Turn off the tap, disconnect supply hose and drain water.
40
Protection against frostProtection against frost (Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.11 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
9
Special salt
10
Setting
10
Water hardness table
10
Using special salt
11
Detergents with salt component
11
system
11
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
12
indicator
12
Utensils
13
Not suitable
13
Glass and utensil damage
13
Loading the dishwasher
13
Unloading the dishwasher
13
Cups and glasses
14
Cutlery drawer
15
Folding spikes
15
Small accessories holder
15
basket
15
Detergent
16
Adding detergent
17
Combination detergent
18
Overview of programmes
19
Programme selection
20
Information for test institutes
20
Additional options
21
(VarioSpeedPlus)
21
Half load
21
HygienePlus
21
Intensive zone
21
Extra drying
21
Operating the appliance
22
Programme data
22
Aqua sensor
22
Switching on the appliance
22
Remaining running time display
22
Timer programming
23
End of programme
23
the end of the programme
23
Switching off the appliance
24
Interrupting the programme
24
Terminating the programme
24
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
Cleaning and maintenance
25
Overall condition of the machine
25
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
26
Spray arms
26
Fault, what to do?
27
Waste water pump
27
Fault table
28
Customer service
36
connection
36
Product package
36
Safety instructions
36
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
37
Waste-water connection
37
Drinking water connection
38
Warm water connection
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
Transportation
40
(Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
1.43 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
28
Language
English
Table of contents
Before you switch ON the appliance
2
Using special salt
5
Not suitable
7
Programme data
13
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.06 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
40
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
9
Overview of menu
10
system/Special salt
10
Setting
10
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
11
Detergents with salt component
11
system
11
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
indicator
13
Utensils
13
Not suitable
13
Glass and utensil damage
13
Loading the dishwasher
14
Unloading the dishwasher
14
Cups and glasses
14
Cutlery drawer
15
Folding spikes
15
Small accessories holder
16
Adjusting the height of the basket
16
Detergent
17
Adding detergent
17
Combination detergent
18
Overview of programmes
19
Programme selection
20
Information for test institutes
20
Additional options
20
(VarioSpeed)
20
Half load
20
HygienePlus
20
Intensive zone
20
Extra drying
20
Operating the appliance
21
Programme data
21
Aqua sensor
21
Switching on the appliance
21
Remaining running time display
21
Timer programming
22
End of programme
22
the end of the programme
22
Switching off the appliance
23
Interrupting the programme
23
Terminating the programme
23
Changing the programme
23
Intensive drying
23
Cleaning and maintenance
24
Overall condition of the machine
24
Special salt and rinse aid
24
Filters
25
Spray arms
25
Fault, what to do?
26
Waste water pump
26
Fault table
27
Customer service
35
Installation and connection
35
Product package
35
Safety instructions
35
Delivery
36
Technical specifications
36
Installation
36
Waste-water connection
36
Drinking water connection
37
Warm water connection
37
Electrical connection
38
Removing the appliance
38
Transportation
38
(Emptying the appliance)
38
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.97 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
50
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
5
Safety instructions
5
the appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
6
In daily use
7
Door lock
7
Button lock
8
Damage
9
Disposal
9
Environmental protection
10
Packaging
10
Old appliances
10
appliance
11
Control panel
11
Appliance interior
11
Overview of menu
12
special salt
14
Water hardness table
14
water softening system
14
Using special salt
14
Detergent with a salt component
15
Switching off water softening unit
15
Rinse aid
15
Setting amount of rinse aid
16
rinse aid component
16
refill indicator
16
Utensils
16
Not suitable
16
Glass and utensil damage
16
Loading the dishwasher
17
Upper basket
17
Lower basket
18
Cutlery basket
18
Cutlery drawer
18
Etagere
19
Folding spikes
20
Small items holder
20
Knife rack
20
Baking sheet spray head
20
Unloading the dishwasher
21
Adjusting the height of the basket
21
Detergent
23
Adding detergent
23
Combination detergent
24
Overview of programmes
26
Programme selection
27
Information for test institutes
27
Additional functions
28
Save time (VarioSpeedPlus)
28
Half load
28
hygienePlus (HygienePlus)
28
intensiveZone
28
extraDry
28
Shine and Dry
28
Energy Save
28
Operating the appliance
29
Programme data
29
Changing the settings
29
AquaSensor
29
Zeolith drying
29
Sensor setting
30
ExtraDry
30
Auto Power Off
30
EmotionLight
30
Changing start programme
30
Tone volume
31
Button volume
31
Switching on the appliance
31
Remaining running time display
31
Time preselection
31
Programme end
31
Switching off the appliance
32
Interrupting the programme
32
Terminating the programme
32
Changing the programme
32
Cleaning and maintenance
33
Overall status of the dishwasher
33
Machine Care
34
Special salt and rinse aid
34
Filters
35
Spray arms
35
Fault, what to do?
36
Waste water pump
36
Fault table
37
Customer service
46
Installation and connection
46
Contents of package
46
Safety instructions
46
Delivery
47
Technical specifications
47
Installation
47
Drainage connection
47
Drinking water connection
48
Hot water connection
48
Electrical connection
49
Removal
49
Transporting
49
(Emptying the appliance)
49
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.91 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
54
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
5
Safety instructions
5
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
6
In daily use
7
Door lock
7
Button lock
8
Damage
9
Disposal
9
Environmental protection
11
Packaging
11
Old appliances
11
appliance
12
Control panel
12
Appliance interior
12
Overview of menu
13
Eco drying
14
special salt
15
Water hardness table
15
system
15
Using special salt
16
Detergent with a salt component
16
Switching off water softening unit
16
Rinse aid
17
Setting amount of rinse aid
17
component
18
indicator
18
Utensils
18
Not suitable
18
Glass and utensil damage
18
Loading the dishwasher
19
Upper basket
19
Lower basket
19
Cutlery basket
20
Cutlery drawer
20
Etagere
21
Folding spikes
21
Small items holder
21
Knife rack
22
Baking sheet spray head
22
Unloading the dishwasher
23
basket
23
Detergent
24
Adding detergent
25
Combination detergent
26
Overview of programmes
27
Programme selection
28
Information for test institutes
28
turboSpeed 20 min
29
Additional functions
30
Save time (VarioSpeedPlus)
30
Half load
30
hygienePlus (HygienePlus)
30
intensiveZone
30
extraDry
30
Shine and Dry
30
Energy Save
30
Operating the appliance
31
Programme data
31
Changing the settings
31
AquaSensor
31
Sensor setting
31
ExtraDry
32
Auto Power Off
32
EmotionLight
32
Changing start programme
32
Tone volume
32
Button volume
33
Eco drying
33
Factory setting
33
Switching on the appliance
33
Remaining running time display
34
Time preselection
34
Programme end
34
Switching off the appliance
34
Interrupting the programme
35
Terminating the programme
35
Changing the programme
35
maintenance
35
Overall status of the dishwasher
35
Machine Care
36
Special salt and rinse aid
37
Filters
37
Spray arms
38
Fault, what to do?
38
Waste water pump
39
Fault table
40
Customer service
49
connection
49
Contents of package
49
Safety instructions
49
Delivery
50
Technical specifications
50
Installation
50
Drainage connection
50
Drinking water connection
51
Hot water connection
51
Electrical connection
52
Removal
52
Transporting
53
(Emptying the appliance)
53
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.09 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
38
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Safety instructions
2
Before you switch ON the appliance
2
Delivery
3
1. Check the packaging and dishwasher immediately for damage caused in transit. Do not switch on a damaged appliance, but contact your supplier.
3
2. Please dispose of the packaging material in an environmentally friendly manner.
3
3. Do not let children play with packaging and its parts. There is a risk of suffocation from collapsible boxes and film.
3
Installation
3
In daily use
4
Childproof lock (door lock)Door lock *
4
Childproof lock (button lock)Button lock
4
1. Start the required programme.
4
2. Hold down the button + for approx. 4 sec. until this ’– is indicated on the digital display.
4
Damage
5
Disposal
5
1. Make redundant appliances unusable to prevent subsequent accidents.
5
2. Dispose of the appliance in a n environmentally friendly manner.
5
m Warning
5
Risk of injury!
5
m Warning
5
Risk of explosion!
5
m Warning
6
Risk of scalding!
6
m Warning
6
Risks to children!
6
Protection of the environment
7
Packaging
7
Old appliances
7
Getting to know your appliance
7
Control panel
7
Appliance interior
7
Overview of menu
8
Rinse aid
8
1. Open the dispenser 1j by pressing and lifting the plate on the cover.
8
2. Carefully pour rinse aid up to the max. mark in the filler opening.
8
3. Close cover until it clicks shut.
8
4. To prevent excessive foam formation during the next rinse cycle, remove any rinse aid which has run over with a cloth.
8
Setting amount of rinse aid
8
1. Close the door.
8
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
8
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button ` until š:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
8
4. Release both buttons.
8
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value §:‹† is indicated on the digital display )".
8
To change the setting:
9
1. Press programme button 3.
9
2. Press START button `.
9
Switching off rinse aid refill indicator
9
Utensils
9
Not suitable
9
Glass and utensil damage
9
Loading the dishwasher
9
1. Remove large food remnants. It is not necessary to prerinse utensils under running water.
9
2. Place the utensils so that
9
Unloading the dishwasher
10
Note
10
Cups and glasses
10
Pans
10
Tip
10
Tip
10
Cutlery basket
11
EtagereEtagere *
11
Folding spikesFolding spikes *
11
Small accessories holder *Small accessories holder
11
Knife shelf *Knife shelf
12
Adjusting the height of the basketAdjusting the height of the basket *
12
Appliance height 81.5 cm
12
Appliance height 86.5 cm
12
Top basket with side levers
12
1. Pull out the top basket 1* out.
12
2. To lower the basket, press in the left and then the right lever on the outside of the basket. In doing so, hold the sides of the basket along the upper edge to prevent it from suddenly dropping.
12
3. To raise the basket, hold the basket on the sides of the upper edge and lift it up.
12
4. Before re-inserting the basket again, ensure that it is at the same height on both sides. Otherwise, the appliance door cannot be closed and the upper spray arm will not be connected to the water circuit.
12
Top basket with upper and lower roller pairs
12
1. Pull out the top basket 1* out.
12
2. Remove the upper basket and re- attach it to the upper (stage 3) or lower (stage 1) rollers.
12
. Detergent
13
Detergent
13
Note
13
m Warning
13
Adding detergent
13
1. If the detergent dispenser 9" is still closed, press the lock 9* to open the detergent dispenser.
13
2. Close the cover on the detergent dispenser by sliding it up until the lock engages without difficulty.
13
Tip
14
m Warning
14
m Warning
14
Notes
14
Type of utensils and soiling
15
Programm
15
Programme data
15
1.) Duration: hs/ mins
15
2.) Energy consumption in kWh
15
3.) Water consumption in litres
15
4.) With Aquasensor
15
Possible additional options
15
Programme sequence
15
Programme selection
16
Information for test institutes
16
0 Additional options
17
Additional options
17
Express Wash/ Speed Perfect (VarioSpeed)Ÿ Express Wash/ Speed Perfect/ (VarioSpeed) *
17
Half load§ Half load *
17
µ HygienePlus *HygienePlus
17
Ï Intensive zone *Intensive zone
17
¿ Extra drying *Extra drying
17
1 Operating the appliance
18
Operating the appliance
18
Aqua sensorAqua sensor *
18
Switching on the appliance
18
1. Turn on the tap fully.
18
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
18
3. Press the START button `.
18
Programme sequence indicatorProgramme sequence indicator h
18
Remaining running time display
18
Timer programmingTimer programming *
18
1. Close the door.
18
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
18
3. Press button P + until the digital display )" jumps to œ:‹‚.
18
4. Press P + or – button until the displayed time corresponds with your requirements.
18
5. Press START button `, timer programming is activated.
18
6. To delete timer programming, press the P + or – button until )" œ:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display.
18
End of programme
19
Automatic switch off after end of programme or interior light*Automatic switch off / interior light
19
1. Close the door.
19
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
19
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button ` until š:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
19
4. Release both buttons.
19
5. Keep pressing programme button # until the value ˜:‹... is indicated on the numerical display )".
19
To change the setting:
19
1. Press programme button 3.
19
2. Press START button `.
19
Switching off the appliance
19
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
19
2. Turn off the tap (not applicable if Aqua-Stop fitted).
19
3. Open the door.
19
4. Remove the utensils when they have cooled down.
19
Note
19
Interrupting the programme
19
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
19
2. To continue the programme, switch on the ON/OFF switch ( again.
19
Terminating the programmeTerminating the programme (Reset)
20
1. Press START button ` for approx. 3 sec.
20
2. The programme sequence lasts approx. 1 min. On the digital display )" is indicated ‹:‹‹.
20
3. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
20
Changing the programme
20
Intensive drying
20
1. Close the door.
20
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
20
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button ` until the digital display )" š:‹... is indicated.
20
4. Release both buttons.
20
To change the setting:
20
1. Press the button 3 to switch the Intensive drying on š:‹‚ or off š:‹‹.
20
2. Press START button `.
20
2 Cleaning and maintenance
20
Cleaning and maintenance
20
Overall condition of the machine
20
m Warning
21
Health hazard
21
Rinse aid
21
Filters
21
1. After each washing cycle check the filters for residue.
21
2. Unscrew filter cylinder as illustrated and take out filter system.
21
3. Remove any residue and clean filters under running water.
21
4. Re-install filter system in reverse sequence and ensure that the arrow marks are opposite each other after closing the filter system.
21
Spray arms
21
1. Check outlet nozzles on the spray arms for blockages.
21
2. Unscrew the upper spray arm 1B.
21
3. Remove the lower spray arm 1J upwards.
21
4. Clean spray arms under running water.
21
5. Re-engage or screw on spray arms.
21
3 Fault, what to do?
22
Fault, what to do?
22
Note
22
m Warning
22
Waste water pump
22
m Warning
22
Risk of cuts!
22
1. First always disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
22
2. Take out top basket 1* and bottom basket 1b.
22
3. Remove the filters 1R.
22
4. Scoop out water, use a sponge if required.
22
5. Prise out the white pump cover (as illustrated) using a spoon. Grip the cover on the crosspiece and lift diagonally inwards. Remove cover completely.
22
6. Check impeller wheel and remove any foreign objects.
22
7. Place cover in the original position and press down until it engages (click).
22
8. Install filters.
22
9. Re-insert baskets.
22
Fault
23
Cause
23
Remedial action
23
4 Customer service
30
Customer service
30
5 Installation and connection
30
Installation and connection
30
1. Checking appliance on delivery
30
2. Installing the appliance
30
3. Waste water connection
30
4. Drinking water connection
30
5. Electrical connection
30
Product package
30
Safety instructions
30
Delivery
31
Technical specifications
31
Installation
31
Waste-water connection
31
1. The required work sequence can be found in the installation instructions. If required, fit a siphon with an drainage connection.
31
2. Connect the waste-water hose to the drainage connection of the siphon with the enclosed parts.
31
Drinking water connection
32
1. Fasten the drinking water connection to the tap according to the installation instructions using the enclosed parts.
32
2. When replacing the appliance, always use a new water supply hose.
32
Electrical connection
32
Removing the appliance
33
1. Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
33
2. Turn off the water supply.
33
3. Undo the waste water and drinking water connection.
33
4. Loosen fastening screws for the furniture parts.
33
5. If fitted, remove the base panel.
33
6. Pull out the appliance, carefully pulling the hose behind.
33
Transportation
33
Drain the appliance according to the following steps:
33
1. Turn on the tap.
33
2. Close the door.
33
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
33
4. Select programme with the highest temperature.
33
5. Press START button `.
33
6. After approx. 4 minutes press the START button ` until ‹:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display.
33
7. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
33
8. Turn off the tap, disconnect supply hose and drain water.
33
Protection against frostProtection against frost (Emptying the appliance)
34
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.87 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
52
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
5
Safety instructions
5
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
6
In daily use
7
Door lock
7
Button lock
8
Damage
9
Disposal
9
Environmental protection
11
Packaging
11
Old appliances
11
appliance
12
Control panel
12
Appliance interior
12
Overview of menu
13
special salt
14
Water hardness table
14
system
15
Using special salt
15
Detergent with a salt component
15
Switching off water softening unit
15
Rinse aid
16
Setting amount of rinse aid
16
component
17
indicator
17
Utensils
17
Not suitable
17
Glass and utensil damage
17
Loading the dishwasher
18
Upper basket
18
Lower basket
18
Cutlery basket
19
Cutlery drawer
19
Etagere
20
Folding spikes
20
Small items holder
20
Knife rack
21
Baking sheet spray head
21
Unloading the dishwasher
22
basket
22
Detergent
23
Adding detergent
24
Combination detergent
25
Overview of programmes
26
Programme selection
27
Information for test institutes
27
Additional functions
28
Save time (VarioSpeedPlus)
28
Half load
28
hygienePlus (HygienePlus)
28
intensiveZone
28
extraDry
28
Shine and Dry
28
Energy Save
28
Operating the appliance
29
Programme data
29
Changing the settings
29
AquaSensor
29
Zeolith drying
30
Sensor setting
30
ExtraDry
30
Auto Power Off
31
EmotionLight
31
Changing start programme
31
Tone volume
31
Button volume
31
Factory setting
31
Switching on the appliance
31
Remaining running time display
32
Time preselection
32
Programme end
32
Switching off the appliance
32
Interrupting the programme
32
Terminating the programme
33
Changing the programme
33
Cleaning and maintenance
33
Overall status of the dishwasher
33
Machine Care
34
Special salt and rinse aid
35
Filters
35
Spray arms
36
Fault, what to do?
36
Waste water pump
37
Fault table
38
Customer service
47
connection
47
Contents of package
47
Safety instructions
47
Delivery
48
Technical specifications
48
Installation
48
Drainage connection
48
Drinking water connection
49
Hot water connection
49
Electrical connection
50
Removal
50
Transporting
51
(Emptying the appliance)
51
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.90 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
52
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
5
Safety instructions
5
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
6
In daily use
7
Door lock
7
Button lock
8
Damage
9
Disposal
9
Environmental protection
11
Packaging
11
Old appliances
11
appliance
12
Control panel
12
Appliance interior
12
Overview of menu
13
Eco drying
14
special salt
14
Water hardness table
15
system
15
Using special salt
15
Detergent with a salt component
16
Switching off water softening unit
16
Rinse aid
16
Setting amount of rinse aid
17
component
17
indicator
17
Utensils
18
Not suitable
18
Glass and utensil damage
18
Loading the dishwasher
18
Upper basket
18
Lower basket
19
Cutlery basket
19
Cutlery drawer
19
Etagere
20
Folding spikes
21
Small items holder
21
Knife rack
21
Baking sheet spray head
22
Unloading the dishwasher
22
basket
22
Detergent
24
Adding detergent
24
Combination detergent
25
Overview of programmes
26
Programme selection
27
Information for test institutes
27
turboSpeed 20 min
28
Additional functions
29
Save time (VarioSpeedPlus)
29
Half load
29
hygienePlus (HygienePlus)
29
intensiveZone
29
extraDry
29
Shine and Dry
29
Energy Save
29
Operating the appliance
30
Programme data
30
Changing the settings
30
AquaSensor
30
Sensor setting
30
ExtraDry
31
Auto Power Off
31
EmotionLight
31
Changing start programme
31
Tone volume
31
Button volume
32
Eco drying
32
Factory setting
32
Switching on the appliance
32
display
33
Time preselection
33
Programme end
33
Switching off the appliance
33
Interrupting the programme
34
Terminating the programme
34
Changing the programme
34
maintenance
34
Overall status of the dishwasher
34
Machine Care
35
Special salt and rinse aid
36
Filters
36
Spray arms
37
Fault, what to do?
37
Waste water pump
38
Fault table
39
Customer service
48
connection
48
Contents of package
48
Safety instructions
48
Delivery
49
Technical specifications
49
Installation
49
Drainage connection
49
Drinking water connection
50
Hot water connection
50
Electrical connection
51
Removal
51
Transporting
51
(Emptying the appliance)
51
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.59 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
2
( Safety instructions
2
Safety instructions
2
This appliance may be used by children over the age of 8 years old and by persons with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities or by persons with a lack of experience or knowledge if they are supervised or are instructed by a person responsi...
2
Children must not play with, on, or around the appliance. Children must not clean the appliance or carry out general maintenance unless they are at least 8 years old and are being supervised.
3
Keep children below the age of 8 years old at a safe distance from the appliance and power cable.
3
Before you switch ON the appliance
3
Please read the instructions for use and installation carefully. They contain important information on how to install, use and maintain the appliance.
3
Retain all documents for later use or for the subsequent owner.
3
You can download the instructions for use from our website free of charge. The relevant Internet address can be found overleaf on these instructions for use.
3
Delivery
3
1. Check the packaging and dishwasher immediately for damage caused in transit. Do not switch on a damaged appliance, but contact your supplier.
3
2. Please dispose of the packaging material in an environmentally friendly manner.
3
3. Do not let children play with packaging and its parts. There is a risk of suffocation from collapsible boxes and film.
3
Installation
3
In daily use
5
Read and observe the safety information and instructions for use on the packaging for cleaning and rinsing agents.
5
Childproof lock (door lock)Door lock *
5
The description of the childproof lock is at the back in the envelope.
5
* depending on model
5
Childproof lock (button lock)Button lock
5
You can secure your appliance from being unintentionally the programme terminated (e.g. improper operation by children).
5
Activating the button lock:
5
1. Start the required programme.
5
2. Hold down the button + for approx. 4 sec. until this ’– is indicated on the digital display.
5
If any button is pressed while the programme is running, this ’– is indicated on the digital display. It is not possible to end (Reset) the programme.
5
Deactivating the button lock:
5
When the programme ends (‹:‹‹ on the digital display), the button lock is cancelled. If there is a power failure, the button lock is retained. Whenever a programme is restarted, the button lock must be reactivated.
5
Damage
5
Disposal
5
1. Make redundant appliances unusable to prevent subsequent accidents.
5
2. Dispose of the appliance in a n environmentally friendly manner.
5
m Warning
6
Risk of injury!
6
â– To prevent injuries, e.g. caused by stumbling, open the dishwasher only briefly in order to load and unload the dishwasher.
6
â– Knives and other utensils with sharp points must be placed horizontally in the cutlery drawer.
6
â– Do not lean or sit on the open door.
6
â– In the case of free-standing appliances, ensure that the baskets are not overloaded.
6
â– If the appliance is not in a cavity and a side panel is accessible, the door hinge area must be covered at the side for reasons of safety (risk of injury). The covers are available as optional accessories from customer service or specialist outlets.
6
m Warning
6
Risk of explosion!
6
m Warning
6
Risk of scalding!
6
m Warning
6
Risks to children!
6
â– If fitted, use the childproof lock. An exact description can be found in the back of the enve lope.
6
â– Do not allow children to play with or operate the appliance.
6
â– Keep children away from detergents and rinse aid. These may cause chemical burns in the mouth, throat and eyes or asphyxiation.
6
â– Keep children away from open dishwasher. There may be small parts in the dishwasher which children could swallow and the water inside the dishwasher is not drinking water as it may contain detergent residue.
6
â– Ensure that children do not place fingers in the tablet collecting tray 1B. Small fingers could become caught in the slots.
7
â– When opening and closing the door on an eye-level appliance, ensure that children do not become jammed or crushed between the appliance door and the cupboard door below.
7
â– Children could become locked in the appliance (danger of suffocation) or get into another dangerous situation.
7
7 Protection of the environment
7
Protection of the environment
7
Both the packaging of new appliances and the old appliances themselves contain valuable raw materials and recyclable materials.
7
Please dispose of the individual parts separated according to type.
7
Please ask your dealer or inquire at your local authority about current means of disposal.
7
Packaging
7
All plastic parts of the appliance are identified with internationally standardised abbreviations (e.g. >PS< polystyrene). Therefore, plastic waste can be sorted out when the appliance is being disposed of.
7
Please follow the safety instructions under “Delivery”.
7
Old appliances
7
Please follow the safety instructions under “Disposal of your appliance”.
7
This appliance is labelled in accordance with European Directive 2012/19/EU concerning used electrical and electronic appliances (waste electrical and electronic equipment - WEEE). The guideline determines the framework for the return and recycling o...
7
* Getting to know your appliance
8
Getting to know your appliance
8
Diagrams of the control panel and the interior of the appliance can be found in the envelope at the front.
8
Individual positions are referred to in the text.
8
Control panel
8
ON/OFF switch
8
Programme buttons **
8
Display “Check water supply”
8
Salt refill indicator
8
Rinse aid refill indicator
8
Door opener
8
Timer programming *
8
Additional options **
8
START button
8
Programme sequence indicator
8
Digital display
8
* depending on model
8
** Number depending on model
8
Appliance interior
8
Interior light *
8
Cutlery drawer
8
Top basket
8
Top spray arm
8
Tablet collecting tray
8
Bottom spray arm
8
Dispenser for special salt
8
Filters
8
Bottom basket
8
Dispenser for rinse aid
8
Detergent dispenser
8
Lock for detergent dispenser
8
Rating plate
8
* depending on model
8
Overview of menu
8
The settings can be found in the individual chapters.
8
Water Hardness •:‹‹ - •:‹ˆ
8
Intensive drying š:‹‹ - š:‹‚
8
Rinse aid §:‹‹ - §:‹‡
8
Hot water ‘:‹‹ - ‘:‹‚*
8
Automatic disconnection ˜:‹‹ - ˜:‹ƒ
8
* depending on model
8
+ Water softening system/Special salt
9
Water softening system/Special salt
9
To ensure good washing results, the dishwasher requires soft water, i.e. containing low amounts of lime, otherwise white limescale will be deposited on the utensils and inner container.
9
Tap water above 1.2 mmol/l must be softened. The water is softened with special salt (regeneration salt) in the water softening system of the dishwasher.
9
The setting and therefore the required amount of salt depends on the degree of hardness of your tap water (see table).
9
Setting
9
The amount of salt dispensed can be set from •:‹‹ to •:‹ˆ.
9
Salt is not required at the set value •:‹‹.
9
1. Find out about the hardness value of your tap water. Your water utility company will help you with this.
9
2. Set value can be found in the water hardness table.
9
3. Close the door.
9
4. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
9
5. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
9
6. Release both buttons.
9
To change the setting:
9
1. Press programme button 3.
9
2. Press START button h.
9
Water hardness table
9
Using special salt
10
Always refill with special salt immediately before switching on the appliance. This ensures that overrun special salt solution is immediately washed out and does not corrode the rinsing tank.
10
1. Open the screw-type cap of the compartment 1R.
10
2. Fill the tank with water (only required when switching on the appliance for the first time).
10
3. Then add dishwasher salt (not table salt or tablets).
10
As soon as the salt refill indicator @ on the fascia is lit, top up the salt.
10
* depending on model
10
Using detergents with salt componentDetergents with salt component
10
If combined detergents with a salt component are used, salt can usually be omitted up to a water hardness of 21° dH (37° fH, 26° Clarke, 3.7 mmol/ l). If the water hardness is over 21° dH, special salt must be used.
10
Switching off salt refill indicator/water softening systemSwitching off water softening system
10
If the salt refill indicator @ is impaired (e.g. when using combined detergents containing salt component), it can be switched off.
10
m Caution
10
, Rinse aid
10
Rinse aid
10
As soon as the rinse-aid refill indicator H is lit on the fascia, there is still a rinse-aid reserve of 1-2 rinsing processes. Refill with rinse aid.
10
The rinse aid is required for stain-free utensils and clear glasses. Use only rinse aid for domestic dishwashers.
10
Combined detergents with rinse-aid component may be used up to a water hardness of 21° dH (37° fH, 26° Clarke, 3.7 mmol/l) only. If the water hardness is over 21° dH, rinse aid must be used.
10
1. Open the dispenser 1j by pressing and lifting the plate on the cover.
11
2. Carefully pour rinse aid up to the max. mark in the filler opening.
11
3. Close cover until it clicks shut.
11
4. To prevent excessive foam formation during the next rinse cycle, remove any rinse aid which has run over with a cloth.
11
Setting amount of rinse aid
11
The amount of rinse aid can be set from §:‹‹ to §:‹‡. Please set rinse aid on §:‹† to obtain very good drying results (§:‹† is already set in factory).
11
Change this setting, only if streaks (select lower setting) or water stains (select higher setting) are left on the utensils.
11
1. Close the door.
11
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
11
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
11
4. Release both buttons.
11
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value §:‹† is indicated on the digital display )*.
11
To change the setting:
11
1. Press programme button 3.
11
2. Press START button h.
11
Switching off rinse aid refill indicator
12
If the rinse-aid refill indicator H is impaired (e.g. when using combined detergents containing rinse aid component), it can be switched off.
12
The rinse aid refill indicator H is now switched off.
12
- Utensils
12
Utensils
12
Not suitable
12
Aluminium and silver parts have a tendency to discolour and fade during the wash cycle. Even some types of glass (e.g. crystal glass objects) may turn cloudy after many wash cycles.
12
Glass and utensil damage
12
Causes:
12
Recommendation:
12
Loading the dishwasher
12
1. Remove large food remnants. It is not necessary to prerinse utensils under running water.
12
2. Place the utensils so that
12
Very small utensils should not be washed in the machine, as they may fall out of the baskets.
12
Unloading the dishwasher
13
To prevent water from dripping off the upper basket onto the utensils in the lower basket, it is recommended to empty the appliance from the bottom up.
13
Hot utensils are sensitive to shock! Therefore, when the programme ends, leave the utensils to cool down in the dishwasher until they can be handled.
13
Note
13
Cups and glasses
13
Top basket 12
13
Note
13
Pans
13
Bottom basket 1b
13
Tip
14
Tip
14
Cutlery drawer
14
Arrange the cutlery in the cutlery drawer 1* as illustrated. Separately arranged utensils are easier to remove after washing.
14
The drawer can be taken out.
14
Depending on the model, you can fold down the side shelves to provide more room for taller items of cutlery. The front rows of prongs can be folded down to provide room for wider handles.
14
Folding spikesFolding spikes *
14
* depending on model
14
The spikes can be folded down to improve arrangement of pans, bowls and glasses.
14
Small accessories holder *Small accessories holder
15
* depending on model
15
Light-weight plastic accessories, e.g. cups, lids, etc. can be held securely in the small accessories holder.
15
Adjusting the height of the basket
15
The height of the upper utensils basket 12 can be adjusted in 3 stages to create more space either in the upper or lower basket.
15
Appliance height 81.5 cm
15
16 cm
15
30 cm
15
18.5 cm
15
27.5 cm
15
21 cm
15
25 cm
15
Appliance height 86.5 cm
15
18 cm
15
33 cm
15
20.5 cm
15
30.5 cm
15
23 cm
15
28 cm
15
1. Pull out the top basket 12 out.
15
2. To lower the basket, press in the left and then the right lever on the outside of the basket. In doing so, hold the sides of the basket along the upper edge to prevent it from suddenly dropping.
15
3. To raise the basket, hold the basket on the sides of the upper edge and lift it up.
15
4. Before re-inserting the basket again, ensure that it is at the same height on both sides. Otherwise, the appliance door cannot be closed and the upper spray arm will not be connected to the water circuit.
15
. Detergent
16
Detergent
16
You can use tablets as well as powder or liquid detergents for dishwashers, but never use washing up liquid. The dosage can be individually adjusted with powder or a liquid detergent according to the degree of soiling. Tablets contain an adequately l...
16
Note
16
m Warning
16
Adding detergent
16
1. If the detergent dispenser 9" is still closed, press the lock 9* to open the detergent dispenser.
16
2. Close the cover on the detergent dispenser by sliding it up until the lock engages without difficulty.
16
Tip
17
Combination detergent
17
Apart from conventional detergents (Solo), a number of products are offered with additional functions. These products contain not only the detergent but also rinse-aid and salt replacement substances (3in1) and, depending on the combination (4in1, 5i...
17
As soon as combined detergents are used, the rinse programme is adjusted automatically to ensure the best possible rinsing and drying result.
17
m Warning
17
m Warning
17
Notes
17
Overview of programmes
18
The max. possible number of programmes is illustrated in this overview. The corresponding programmes and their arrangement can be found on the fascia.
18
Type of utensils
18
Type of soiling
18
Programme
18
Possible additional options
18
Programme sequence
18
Programme selection
19
You can select a suitable programme according to the type of utensils and degree of soiling.
19
Information for test institutes
19
Test institutes receive the information for comparability tests (e.g. according to EN60436).
19
These are the conditions for conducting the tests, however these are not the results or consumption values.
19
Request by e-mail to:
19
[email protected]
19
The product number (E no.) and the production number (FD) are required which you can find on the rating plate 92 on the appliance door.
19
0 Additional options
19
Additional options
19
* depending on model
19
Additional options can be set with the buttons `.
19
Å Express WashPlus/ Speed PerfectPlus (VarioSpeedPlus) *Express WaschPlus/SpeedPerfectPlus (VarioSpeedPlus)
19
This function can reduce the running time by approx. 20% to 66% depending on the selected rinse programme. To obtain optimum cleaning and drying results at a reduced running time, water and energy consumption are increased.
19
Half load§ Half load *
19
If you have only a few items to wash (e.g. glasses, cups, plates), you can switch to “half load”. This will save water, energy and time. It is recommended to put a little less detergent in the detergent dispenser than for a full load.
19
µ HygienePlus *HygienePlus
19
This function increases the temperatures and retains them for an extra long time to obtain a defined disinfection performance. Continuous use of this function increases the hygiene status. This additional option is ideal for cleaning e.g. chopping bo...
19
Ï Intensive zone *Intensive zone
19
Perfect for a mixed load. You can wash very soiled pots and pans in the lower basket together with normally soiled utensils in the upper basket. The spray pressure in the lower basket is intensified, the rinsing temperature is increased slightly.
19
¿ Extra drying *Extra drying
19
An increased temperature during the final rinse and an extended drying phase ensure that even plastic parts dry better. There is a slight increase in the energy consumption.
19
1 Operating the appliance
20
Operating the appliance
20
Programme data
20
The programme data (consumption values) can be found in the summary of instructions. They refer to normal conditions and the water hardness set value •:‹…. Different influencing factors such as e.g. water temperature or line pressure may result...
20
Aqua sensorAqua sensor *
20
* depending on model
20
The Aqua sensor is an optical measuring device (light barrier) which measures the turbidity of the rinsing water.
20
The Aqua sensor is used according to the programme. If the Aqua sensor is active, “clean” rinsing water can be transferred to the next rinse bath and water consumption can be reduced by 3–6 litres. If the turbidity is greater, the water is drai...
20
Switching on the appliance
20
1. Turn on the tap fully.
20
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
20
3. Press the START button h.
20
Note
20
Programme sequence indicatorProgramme sequence indicator )"
20
Your dishes are being cleaned.
20
Your dishes are being rinsed.
20
Your dishes are being dried.
20
Remaining running time display
20
When the programme is selected, the remaining running time of the programme is indicated on the digital display )*.
20
The running time is determined during the programme by the water temperature, the number of utensils as well as the degree of soiling and may vary (depending on the selected programme).
20
Timer programmingTimer programming *
21
* depending on model
21
You can delay the start of the programme in 1-hour steps up to 24 hours.
21
1. Close the door.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Press button X + until the digital display )* jumps to œ:‹‚.
21
4. Press X + or – button until the displayed time corresponds with your requirements.
21
5. Press START button h, timer programming is activated.
21
6. To delete timer programming, press the X + or – button until )* œ:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display.
21
End of programme
21
The programme has ended when the value ‹:‹‹ is indicated on the numerical display )*.
21
Automatic switch off after end of programme or interior light*Automatic switch off / interior light
21
* depending on model
21
To save energy, the dishwasher can be automatically switched off 1 min or 120 min after the programme ends.
21
The setting can be selected from ˜:‹‹ to ˜:‹ƒ.
21
Appliance does not switch off automatically.
21
The interior light 1" comes on when the door is opened irrespective of whether the ON/OFF switch ( is switched on or off. When the door is closed the light is off. If the door is open for longer than 60 min., the light switches off automatically. The...
21
Appliance switches off after 1 min.
21
Appliance switches off after 120 min.
21
1. Close the door.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
21
4. Release both buttons.
21
5. Keep pressing programme button # until the value ˜:‹... is indicated on the numerical display )*.
21
To change the setting:
22
1. Press programme button 3.
22
2. Press START button h.
22
Switching off the appliance
22
Short time after the end of the programme:
22
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
22
2. Turn off the tap (not applicable if Aqua-Stop fitted).
22
3. Remove the utensils when they have cooled down.
22
Note
22
Interrupting the programme
22
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
22
2. To continue the programme, switch on the ON/OFF switch ( again.
22
Terminating the programmeTerminating the programme (Reset)
22
1. Press START button h for approx. 3 sec.
22
2. The programme sequence lasts approx. 1 min. On the digital display )* is indicated ‹:‹‹.
22
3. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
22
Changing the programme
22
When the START button h has been pressed, the programme cannot be changed.
22
The only way a programme can be changed is by Cancel programme (Reset).
22
Intensive drying
22
The final rinse uses a higher temperature which improves the drying result. The running time may increase slightly. (Caution if utensils are delicate!)
22
1. Close the door.
22
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until the digital display )* •:‹... is indicated.
22
4. Release both buttons.
22
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value š:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*.
22
To change the setting,
23
1. Press the button 3 to switch the Intensive drying on š:‹‚ or off š:‹‹.
23
2. Press START button h.
23
2 Cleaning and maintenance
23
Cleaning and maintenance
23
A regular inspection and maintenance of your machine will help to prevent faults. This saves time and prevents problems.
23
Overall condition of the machine
23
If you find such deposits:
23
Clean the appliance with detergents/ appliance cleaners which are particularly suitable for use with dishwashers.
23
Never use a steam cleaner to clean your dishwasher. The manufacturer is not liable for any consequential damage.
23
Regularly wipe the front of the appliance and fascia with a damp cloth; water and a little washing up liquid are adequate. Do not use sponges with a rough surface or abrasive detergents, as these could scratch the surfaces.
23
Stainless steel appliances: To prevent corrosion, avoid using sponge cloths or wash them out thoroughly several times before using for the first time.
23
m Warning
23
Health hazard
23
Special salt and rinse aid
23
Filters
24
The filters 1Z keep large foreign objects in the rinsing water away from the pump. These foreign objects may occasionally block the filters.
24
The filter system consists of a coarse filter, a flat fine filter and a microfilter.
24
1. After each washing cycle check the filters for residue.
24
2. Unscrew filter cylinder as illustrated and take out filter system.
24
3. Remove any residue and clean filters under running water.
24
4. Re-install filter system in reverse sequence and ensure that the arrow marks are opposite each other after closing the filter system.
24
Spray arms
24
Limescale and contaminants in the rinsing water may block nozzles and bearings on the spray arms 1: and 1J.
24
1. Check outlet nozzles on the spray arms for blockages.
24
2. Unscrew the upper spray arm 1:.
24
3. Remove the lower spray arm 1J upwards.
24
4. Clean spray arms under running water.
24
5. Re-engage or screw on spray arms.
24
3 Fault, what to do?
25
Fault, what to do?
25
Experience has shown that you can rectify most faults which occur in daily operation yourself. This ensures that the machine is quickly available to you again. In the following overview you can find possible causes of malfunctions and helpful informa...
25
Note
25
m Warning
25
Waste water pump
25
Large food remnants or foreign objects which were not captured by the filters may block the waste water pump. The rinsing water will then be above the filter.
25
m Warning
25
Risk of cuts!
25
In this case:
25
1. First always disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
25
2. Take out top basket 12 and bottom basket 1b.
25
3. Remove the filters 1Z.
25
4. Scoop out water, use a sponge if required.
25
5. Prise out the white pump cover (as illustrated) using a spoon. Grip the cover on the crosspiece and lift diagonally inwards. Remove cover completely.
25
6. Check impeller wheel and remove any foreign objects.
25
7. Place cover in the original position and press down until it engages (click).
25
8. Install filters.
25
9. Re-insert baskets.
25
Fault table
26
Fault
26
Cause
26
Remedial action
26
4 Customer service
34
Customer service
34
If you are unable to rectify the fault, please contact your customer service. We always find a suitable solution, even to avoid unnecessary visits by technicians. Contact information for your nearest customer service can be found on the back of these...
34
Rely on the competence of the manufa cturer. Contact us. You can therefore be sure that the repair is carried out by trained service technicians who carry original spare parts for your domestic appliances.
34
* depending on model
34
5 Installation and connection
34
Installation and connection
34
The dishwasher must be connected correctly, otherwise it will not function properly. The specifications for the inlet and outlet as well as the electrical connected loads must correspond with the required criteria as specified in the following paragr...
34
Install the appliance in the correct sequence:
34
1. Checking appliance on delivery
34
2. Installing the appliance
34
3. Waste water connection
34
4. Drinking water connection
34
5. Electrical connection
34
Product package
34
If you have any complaints, contact the dealer where you purchased the appliance or our customer service.
34
* depending on model
34
Safety instructions
34
Please follow the safety instructions under “Installation”.
34
Delivery
35
Your dishwasher has been checked thoroughly in the factory to ensure that it is in working order. This may cause small water stains. These will disappear after the first wash cycle.
35
Technical specifications
35
Weight:
35
max. 60 kg
35
Voltage:
35
220–240 V, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
35
Connected load:
35
2.0–2.4 kW
35
Fuse:
35
10/16 A (UK 13A)
35
Power input:
35
off mode (Po)* 0.10 W
35
left on mode (Pl)* 0.10 W
35
*according to regulations (EU) nos. 1016/2010 and 1059/2010
35
Additional functions and settings may increase the power input.
35
Water pressure:
35
at least 0.05 MPa (0.5 bar), maximum 1 MPa (10 bar). At a higher water pressure: connect pressure-reducing valve ahead.
35
Inlet rate:
35
minimum 10 litres/minute
35
Water temperature:
35
cold water; hot water max. temperature 60 °C.
35
Capacity:
35
12–15 place settings (depending on model).
35
Installation
35
The required installation dimensions can be found in the installation instructions. Level the appliance with the aid of the height-adjustable feet. Ensure that the appliance is situated securely on the floor.
35
Waste-water connection
35
1. The required work sequence can be found in the installation instructions. If required, fit a siphon with an drainage connection.
35
2. Connect the waste-water hose to the drainage connection of the siphon with the enclosed parts.
35
Drinking water connection
36
1. Fasten the drinking water connection to the tap according to the installation instructions using the enclosed parts.
36
2. When replacing the appliance, always use a new water supply hose.
36
Water pressure:
36
At least 0.05 MPa (0.5 bar), maximum 1 MPa (10 bar). At a higher water pressure: connect pressure-reducing valve ahead.
36
Inlet rate:
36
Minimum 10 litres/minute
36
Water temperature:
36
Cold water; hot water max. temperature 60 °C.
36
Warm water connection *Warm water connection
36
* depending on model
36
The dishwasher can be connected to cold or hot water up to max. 60 °C.
36
Connection to hot water is recommended if the hot water can be supplied by energetically favourable means and from a suitable installation, e.g. solar heating system with circulation line.
36
This will save energy and time.
36
The hot water setting ‘:‹‚ allows you to adjust your appliance optimally to operation with hot water.
36
It is recommended to have a water temperature (temperature of the incoming water) of at least 40 °C and no more than 60 °C.
36
It is not recommended to connect the appliance to hot water if the water is supplied from an electric boiler.
36
Setting hot water:
36
1. Close the door.
36
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
36
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
36
4. Release both buttons.
36
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ‘:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*.
36
To change the setting:
36
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the hot water setting off ‘:‹‹ or on ‘:‹‚.
36
2. Press START button h.
36
Electrical connection
37
Removing the appliance
37
Also observe the sequence of worksteps here.
37
1. Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
37
2. Turn off the water supply.
37
3. Undo the waste water and drinking water connection.
37
4. Loosen fastening screws for the furniture parts.
37
5. If fitted, remove the base panel.
37
6. Pull out the appliance, carefully pulling the hose behind.
37
Transportation
38
Empty the dishwasher and secure loose parts.
38
Drain the appliance according to the following steps:
38
1. Turn on the tap.
38
2. Close the door.
38
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
38
4. Select programme with the highest temperature.
38
5. Press START button h.
38
6. After approx. 4 minutes press the START button h until ‹:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display.
38
7. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
38
8. Turn off the tap, disconnect supply hose and drain water.
38
Transport appliance upright only.
38
(This prevents residual water from running into the machine control and damaging the programme sequence.)
38
Protection against frostProtection against frost (Emptying the appliance)
38
If the appliance is in a room where there is a risk of frost (e.g. holiday home), empty the appliance completely (see Transportation).
38
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.29 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
5
Safety instructions
5
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
6
In daily use
7
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
8
Disposal
8
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
Special salt
11
Setting
11
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
13
Setting amount of rinse aid
14
indicator
14
Utensils
15
Not suitable
15
Glass and utensil damage
15
Loading the dishwasher
15
Unloading the dishwasher
15
Cups and glasses
16
Cutlery drawer
17
Folding spikes
17
Small accessories holder
17
basket
18
Detergent
19
Adding detergent
19
Combination detergent
20
Overview of programmes
21
Programme selection
22
Information for test institutes
22
Additional options
22
(VarioSpeedPlus)
22
Half load
22
HygienePlus
22
Intensive zone
22
High gloss drying
22
Operating the appliance
23
Programme data
23
Aqua sensor
23
Zeolith drying
23
Switching on the appliance
24
Programme sequence indicator
24
Remaining running time display
24
Timer programming
24
End of programme
24
interior light
25
Switching off the appliance
26
Interrupting the programme
26
Terminating the programme
26
Changing the programme
26
Intensive drying
26
Cleaning and maintenance
27
Overall condition of the machine
27
Special salt and rinse aid
27
Filters
28
Spray arms
28
Fault, what to do?
29
Waste water pump
29
Fault table
30
Customer service
38
connection
38
Product package
38
Safety instructions
38
Delivery
39
Technical specifications
39
Installation
39
Waste-water connection
39
Drinking water connection
40
Warm water connection
40
Electrical connection
41
Removing the appliance
41
Transportation
42
(Emptying the appliance)
42
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.29 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
Special salt
10
Setting
10
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
11
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
indicator
13
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
14
Unloading the dishwasher
14
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery drawer
16
Folding spikes
16
Small accessories holder
16
basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
18
Combination detergent
19
Overview of programmes
20
Programme selection
21
Information for test institutes
21
Additional options
21
(VarioSpeedPlus)
21
Half load
21
HygienePlus
22
Intensive zone
22
Extra drying
22
Operating the appliance
22
Programme data
22
Aqua sensor
22
Switching on the appliance
23
Programme sequence indicator
23
Remaining running time display
23
Timer programming
23
End of programme
23
interior light
24
Switching off the appliance
25
Interrupting the programme
25
Terminating the programme
25
Changing the programme
25
Intensive drying
25
Cleaning and maintenance
26
Overall condition of the machine
26
Special salt and rinse aid
26
Filters
27
Spray arms
27
Fault, what to do?
28
Waste water pump
28
Fault table
29
Customer service
37
connection
37
Product package
38
Safety instructions
38
Delivery
38
Technical specifications
38
Installation
39
Waste-water connection
39
Drinking water connection
39
Warm water connection
40
Electrical connection
41
Removing the appliance
41
Transportation
42
(Emptying the appliance)
42
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
1.68 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
10
Special salt
10
Setting
11
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
13
Setting amount of rinse aid
14
indicator
14
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
15
Unloading the dishwasher
15
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery basket
16
Chopstick basket
16
Etagere
17
Folding spikes
17
Small accessories holder
17
Knife shelf
17
basket
18
Detergent
19
Adding detergent
19
Combination detergent
20
Overview of programmes
21
Programme selection
22
Information for test institutes
22
Additional options
22
(VarioSpeed)
22
Intensive zone
22
Hygiene
22
Half load
22
Extra drying
22
Operating the appliance
23
Programme data
23
Aqua sensor
23
Switching on the appliance
23
Timer programming
23
End of programme
24
Interrupting the programme
24
Terminating the programme
24
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
Cleaning and maintenance
25
Overall condition of the machine
25
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
26
Spray arms
26
Fault, what to do?
27
Waste water pump
27
Fault table
28
Customer service
36
Installation and connection
36
Product package
37
Safety instructions
37
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
38
Waste-water connection
38
Drinking water connection
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
Transportation
40
(Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.32 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
46
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Eco drying
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
Special salt
10
Setting
10
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
11
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
indicator
13
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
14
Unloading the dishwasher
14
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery drawer
16
Folding spikes
16
Small accessories holder
16
basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
18
Combination detergent
19
Overview of programmes
20
Programme selection
21
Information for test institutes
21
Additional options
22
(VarioSpeedPlus)
22
Half load
22
HygienePlus
22
Intensive zone
22
Extra drying
22
Operating the appliance
23
Programme data
23
Aqua sensor
23
Eco drying
23
Switching on the appliance
24
Programme sequence indicator
24
Remaining running time display
24
Timer programming
24
End of programme
24
interior light
25
Switching off the appliance
25
Interrupting the programme
26
Terminating the programme
26
Changing the programme
26
Intensive drying
26
Cleaning and maintenance
27
Overall condition of the machine
27
Special salt and rinse aid
27
Filters
28
Spray arms
28
Fault, what to do?
29
Waste water pump
29
Fault table
30
Customer service
39
connection
39
Product package
40
Safety instructions
40
Delivery
40
Technical specifications
40
Installation
41
Waste-water connection
41
Drinking water connection
41
Warm water connection
42
Electrical connection
43
Removing the appliance
43
Transportation
44
(Emptying the appliance)
44
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
1.69 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
the appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
9
Special salt
10
Setting
10
Water hardness table
10
Using special salt
11
Detergents with salt component
11
system
11
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
12
indicator
13
Utensils
13
Not suitable
13
Glass and utensil damage
13
Loading the dishwasher
13
Unloading the dishwasher
14
Cups and glasses
14
Cutlery basket
15
Etagere
15
Folding spikes
15
Small accessories holder
16
Knife shelf
16
basket
16
Detergent
17
Adding detergent
18
Combination detergent
19
Overview of programmes
20
Programme selection
21
Information for test institutes
21
Additional options
21
(VarioSpeed)
21
Half load
21
Hygiene
21
Intensive zone
21
Extra drying
21
Operating the appliance
22
Programme data
22
Aqua sensor
22
Switching on the appliance
22
Remaining running time display
22
Timer programming
23
End of programme
23
the end of the programme
23
Switching off the appliance
24
Interrupting the programme
24
Terminating the programme
24
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
Cleaning and maintenance
25
Overall condition of the machine
25
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
26
Spray arms
26
Fault, what to do?
27
Waste water pump
27
Fault table
28
Customer service
36
Installation and connection
36
Product package
36
Safety instructions
36
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
37
Waste-water connection
37
Drinking water connection
38
Warm water connection
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
Transportation
40
(Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
1.67 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
9
Special salt
10
Setting
10
Water hardness table
10
Using special salt
11
Detergents with salt component
11
system
11
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
indicator
13
Utensils
13
Not suitable
13
Glass and utensil damage
13
Loading the dishwasher
14
Unloading the dishwasher
14
Cups and glasses
14
Cutlery basket
15
Etagere
15
Folding spikes
16
Small accessories holder
16
Knife shelf
16
basket
16
Detergent
17
Adding detergent
18
Combination detergent
19
Overview of programmes
20
Programme selection
21
Information for test institutes
21
Additional options
21
(VarioSpeed)
21
Half load
21
Hygiene
21
Intensive zone
21
Extra drying
21
Operating the appliance
22
Programme data
22
Aqua sensor
22
Switching on the appliance
22
Remaining running time display
22
Timer programming
23
End of programme
23
the end of the programme
23
Switching off the appliance
24
Interrupting the programme
24
Terminating the programme
24
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
Cleaning and maintenance
25
Overall condition of the machine
25
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
26
Spray arms
26
Fault, what to do?
27
Waste water pump
27
Fault table
28
Customer service
36
connection
36
Product package
36
Safety instructions
36
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
37
Waste-water connection
37
Drinking water connection
38
Warm water connection
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
Transportation
40
(Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
1.67 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
10
Special salt
10
Setting
11
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
13
Setting amount of rinse aid
14
indicator
14
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
15
Unloading the dishwasher
15
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery basket
16
Etagere
16
Folding spikes
17
Small accessories holder
17
Knife shelf
17
the basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
19
Combination detergent
20
Overview of programmes
21
Programme selection
22
Information for test institutes
22
Additional options
23
(VarioSpeedPlus)
23
Half load
23
HygienePlus
23
Intensive zone
23
Extra drying
23
Operating the appliance
24
Programme data
24
Aqua sensor
24
Switching on the appliance
24
Remaining running time display
24
Timer programming
25
End of programme
25
after the end of the programme
25
Switching off the appliance
26
Interrupting the programme
26
Terminating the programme
26
Changing the programme
26
Intensive drying
26
Cleaning and maintenance
27
Overall condition of the machine
27
Special salt and rinse aid
27
Filters
28
Spray arms
28
Fault, what to do?
29
Waste water pump
29
Fault table
30
Customer service
38
connection
38
Product package
38
Safety instructions
38
Delivery
39
Technical specifications
39
Installation
39
Waste-water connection
39
Drinking water connection
40
Warm water connection
40
Electrical connection
41
Removing the appliance
41
Transportation
42
(Emptying the appliance)
42
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.04 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
10
Special salt
10
Setting
11
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
13
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
indicator
14
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
15
Unloading the dishwasher
15
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery basket
16
Etagere
16
Folding spikes
17
Small accessories holder
17
Knife shelf
17
basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
19
Combination detergent
20
Overview of programmes
21
Programme selection
22
Information for test institutes
22
Additional options
22
(VarioSpeed)
22
Intensive zone
22
Hygiene
22
Half load
22
Extra drying
22
Operating the appliance
23
Programme data
23
Aqua sensor
23
Switching on the appliance
23
Timer programming
23
End of programme
24
Interrupting the programme
24
Terminating the programme
24
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
Cleaning and maintenance
25
Overall condition of the machine
25
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
26
Spray arms
26
Fault, what to do?
27
Waste water pump
27
Fault table
28
Customer service
36
connection
36
Product package
37
Safety instructions
37
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
38
Waste-water connection
38
Drinking water connection
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
Transportation
40
(Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
1.97 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
40
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
Rinse aid
11
Setting amount of rinse aid
12
indicator
12
Utensils
12
Not suitable
12
Glass and utensil damage
12
Loading the dishwasher
13
Unloading the dishwasher
13
Cups and glasses
13
Cutlery basket
14
Etagere
14
Folding spikes
15
Small accessories holder
15
Knife shelf
15
basket
15
Detergent
16
Adding detergent
17
Overview of programmes
18
Programme selection
19
Information for test institutes
19
Additional options
20
(VarioSpeed)
20
Half load
20
Hygiene
20
Intensive zone
20
Extra drying
20
Operating the appliance
21
Aqua sensor
21
Switching on the appliance
21
Remaining running time display
21
Timer programming
21
End of programme
22
the end of the programme
22
Switching off the appliance
22
Interrupting the programme
22
Terminating the programme
23
Changing the programme
23
Intensive drying
23
Cleaning and maintenance
23
Overall condition of the machine
23
Rinse aid
24
Filters
24
Spray arms
25
Fault, what to do?
25
Waste water pump
26
Fault table
27
Customer service
34
connection
34
Product package
34
Safety instructions
34
Delivery
35
Technical specifications
35
Installation
35
Waste-water connection
35
Drinking water connection
36
Warm water connection
36
Electrical connection
37
Removing the appliance
37
Transportation
38
(Emptying the appliance)
38
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.03 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
system/Special salt
11
Setting
11
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
water softening system
12
Rinse aid
13
Setting amount of rinse aid
14
rinse aid refill indicator
14
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
15
Unloading the dishwasher
15
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery basket
16
Etagere
16
Folding spikes
17
Small accessories holder
17
Knife shelf
17
height of the basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
19
Combination detergent
20
Overview of programmes
21
Programme selection
22
Information for test institutes
22
Additional options
22
(VarioSpeed)
22
Half load
22
Hygiene
22
Intensive zone
22
Extra drying
22
Operating the appliance
23
Programme data
23
Aqua sensor
23
Switching on the appliance
23
Remaining running time display
24
Timer programming
24
End of programme
24
after the end of the programme
24
Switching off the appliance
25
Interrupting the programme
25
Terminating the programme
25
Changing the programme
25
Intensive drying
25
Cleaning and maintenance
26
Overall condition of the machine
26
Special salt and rinse aid
26
Filters
27
Spray arms
27
Fault, what to do?
28
Waste water pump
28
Fault table
29
Customer service
37
connection
37
Product package
37
Safety instructions
37
Delivery
38
Technical specifications
38
Installation
38
Waste-water connection
38
Drinking water connection
39
Warm water connection
39
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
40
Transportation
40
(Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
1.96 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
38
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
9
Rinse aid
10
Setting amount of rinse aid
11
indicator
11
Utensils
11
Not suitable
11
Glass and utensil damage
11
Loading the dishwasher
12
Unloading the dishwasher
12
Cups and glasses
12
Cutlery basket
13
Etagere
13
Folding spikes
14
Small accessories holder
14
Knife shelf
14
basket
14
Detergent
15
Adding detergent
16
Overview of programmes
17
Programme selection
18
Information for test institutes
18
Additional options
19
(VarioSpeed)
19
Half load
19
Hygiene
19
Intensive zone
19
Extra drying
19
Operating the appliance
20
Aqua sensor
20
Switching on the appliance
20
Remaining running time display
20
Timer programming
20
End of programme
21
after the end of the programme
21
Switching off the appliance
21
Interrupting the programme
21
Terminating the programme
22
Changing the programme
22
Intensive drying
22
Cleaning and maintenance
22
Overall condition of the machine
22
Rinse aid
23
Filters
23
Spray arms
24
Fault, what to do?
24
Waste water pump
25
Fault table
26
Customer service
33
connection
33
Product package
33
Safety instructions
33
Delivery
34
Technical specifications
34
Installation
34
Waste-water connection
34
Drinking water connection
35
Electrical connection
35
Removing the appliance
36
Transportation
36
(Emptying the appliance)
36
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.88 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
50
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
5
Safety instructions
5
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
6
In daily use
7
Door lock
7
Button lock
8
Damage
9
Disposal
9
Environmental protection
11
Packaging
11
Old appliances
11
appliance
12
Control panel
12
Appliance interior
12
Overview of menu
13
special salt
14
Water hardness table
14
system
15
Using special salt
15
Detergent with a salt component
15
Switching off water softening unit
15
Rinse aid
16
Setting amount of rinse aid
16
component
17
indicator
17
Utensils
17
Not suitable
17
Glass and utensil damage
17
Loading the dishwasher
18
Upper basket
18
Lower basket
18
Cutlery basket
19
Cutlery drawer
19
Etagere
20
Folding spikes
20
Small items holder
20
Knife rack
21
Baking sheet spray head
21
Unloading the dishwasher
22
basket
22
Detergent
23
Adding detergent
24
Combination detergent
25
Overview of programmes
26
Programme selection
27
Information for test institutes
27
Additional functions
28
Save time (VarioSpeedPlus)
28
Half load
28
hygienePlus (HygienePlus)
28
intensiveZone
28
extraDry
28
Shine and Dry
28
Energy Save
28
Operating the appliance
29
Programme data
29
Changing the settings
29
AquaSensor
29
Sensor setting
29
ExtraDry
30
Auto Power Off
30
EmotionLight
30
Changing start programme
30
Tone volume
30
Button volume
30
Factory setting
31
Switching on the appliance
31
Remaining running time display
31
Time preselection
31
Programme end
31
Switching off the appliance
31
Interrupting the programme
32
Terminating the programme
32
Changing the programme
32
Cleaning and maintenance
32
Overall status of the dishwasher
32
Machine Care
33
Special salt and rinse aid
34
Filters
34
Spray arms
35
Fault, what to do?
35
Waste water pump
36
Fault table
37
Customer service
46
connection
46
Contents of package
46
Safety instructions
46
Delivery
47
Technical specifications
47
Installation
47
Drainage connection
47
Drinking water connection
48
Hot water connection
48
Electrical connection
49
Removal
49
Transporting
49
(Emptying the appliance)
49
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.10 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
36
Language
English
Table of contents
Safety instructions
2
Before you switch ON the appliance
2
Delivery
3
1. Check the packaging and dishwasher immediately for damage caused in transit. Do not switch on a damaged appliance, but contact your supplier.
3
2. Please dispose of the packaging material in an environmentally friendly manner.
3
3. Do not let children play with packaging and its parts. There is a risk of suffocation from collapsible boxes and film.
3
Installation
3
In daily use
4
Childproof lock (door lock)Door lock *
4
Childproof lock (button lock)Button lock
4
1. Start the required programme.
4
2. Hold down the button + for approx. 4 sec. until this ’– is indicated on the digital display.
4
Damage
4
Disposal
5
1. Make redundant appliances unusable to prevent subsequent accidents.
5
2. Dispose of the appliance in a n environmentally friendly manner.
5
m Warning
5
Risk of injury!
5
m Warning
5
Risk of explosion!
5
m Warning
5
Risk of scalding!
5
m Warning
5
Risks to children!
5
Protection of the environment
6
Packaging
6
Old appliances
6
Getting to know your appliance
7
Control panel
7
Appliance interior
7
Overview of menu
7
Rinse aid
7
1. Open the dispenser 1j by pressing and lifting the plate on the cover.
7
2. Carefully pour rinse aid up to the max. mark in the filler opening.
8
3. Close cover until it clicks shut.
8
4. To prevent excessive foam formation during the next rinse cycle, remove any rinse aid which has run over with a cloth.
8
Setting amount of rinse aid
8
1. Close the door.
8
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
8
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button ` until š:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
8
4. Release both buttons.
8
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value §:‹† is indicated on the digital display )".
8
To change the setting:
8
1. Press programme button 3.
8
2. Press START button `.
8
Switching off rinse aid refill indicator
8
Utensils
8
Not suitable
8
Glass and utensil damage
9
Loading the dishwasher
9
1. Remove large food remnants. It is not necessary to prerinse utensils under running water.
9
2. Place the utensils so that
9
Unloading the dishwasher
9
Note
9
Cups and glasses
9
Pans
10
Tip
10
Tip
10
Cutlery basket
10
EtagereEtagere *
10
Folding spikesFolding spikes *
11
Small accessories holder *Small accessories holder
11
Knife shelf *Knife shelf
11
Adjusting the height of the basketAdjusting the height of the basket *
11
Appliance height 81.5 cm
11
Appliance height 86.5 cm
11
Top basket with side levers
12
1. Pull out the top basket 1* out.
12
2. To lower the basket, press in the left and then the right lever on the outside of the basket. In doing so, hold the sides of the basket along the upper edge to prevent it from suddenly dropping.
12
3. To raise the basket, hold the basket on the sides of the upper edge and lift it up.
12
4. Before re-inserting the basket again, ensure that it is at the same height on both sides. Otherwise, the appliance door cannot be closed and the upper spray arm will not be connected to the water circuit.
12
Top basket with upper and lower roller pairs
12
1. Pull out the top basket 1* out.
12
2. Remove the upper basket and re- attach it to the upper (stage 3) or lower (stage 1) rollers.
12
. Detergent
12
Detergent
12
Note
12
m Warning
12
Adding detergent
13
1. If the detergent dispenser 9" is still closed, press the lock 9* to open the detergent dispenser.
13
2. Close the cover on the detergent dispenser by sliding it up until the lock engages without difficulty.
13
Tip
13
m Warning
13
m Warning
13
Notes
13
Type of utensils and soiling
14
Programm
14
Programme data
14
1.) Duration: hs/ mins
14
2.) Energy consumption in kWh
14
3.) Water consumption in litres
14
4.) With Aquasensor
14
Possible additional options
14
Programme sequence
14
Programme selection
15
Information for test institutes
15
0 Additional options
15
Additional options
15
Express Wash/ Speed Perfect (VarioSpeed)Ÿ Express Wash/ Speed Perfect/ (VarioSpeed) *
15
Half load§ Half load *
15
µ HygienePlus *HygienePlus
15
Ï Intensive zone *Intensive zone
15
¿ Extra drying *Extra drying
15
1 Operating the appliance
16
Operating the appliance
16
Aqua sensorAqua sensor *
16
Switching on the appliance
16
1. Turn on the tap fully.
16
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
16
3. Press the START button `.
16
Programme sequence indicatorProgramme sequence indicator h
16
Remaining running time display
16
Timer programmingTimer programming *
16
1. Close the door.
16
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
16
3. Press button P + until the digital display )" jumps to œ:‹‚.
16
4. Press P + or – button until the displayed time corresponds with your requirements.
16
5. Press START button `, timer programming is activated.
16
6. To delete timer programming, press the P + or – button until )" œ:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display.
16
End of programme
17
Automatic switch off after end of programme or interior light*Automatic switch off / interior light
17
1. Close the door.
17
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
17
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button ` until š:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
17
4. Release both buttons.
17
5. Keep pressing programme button # until the value ˜:‹... is indicated on the numerical display )".
17
To change the setting:
17
1. Press programme button 3.
17
2. Press START button `.
17
Switching off the appliance
17
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
17
2. Turn off the tap (not applicable if Aqua-Stop fitted).
17
3. Open the door.
17
4. Remove the utensils when they have cooled down.
17
Note
17
Interrupting the programme
17
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
17
2. To continue the programme, switch on the ON/OFF switch ( again.
17
Terminating the programmeTerminating the programme (Reset)
18
1. Press START button ` for approx. 3 sec.
18
2. The programme sequence lasts approx. 1 min. On the digital display )" is indicated ‹:‹‹.
18
3. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
18
Changing the programme
18
Intensive drying
18
1. Close the door.
18
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
18
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button ` until the digital display )" š:‹... is indicated.
18
4. Release both buttons.
18
To change the setting:
18
1. Press the button 3 to switch the Intensive drying on š:‹‚ or off š:‹‹.
18
2. Press START button `.
18
2 Cleaning and maintenance
18
Cleaning and maintenance
18
Overall condition of the machine
18
m Warning
19
Health hazard
19
Rinse aid
19
Filters
19
1. After each washing cycle check the filters for residue.
19
2. Unscrew filter cylinder as illustrated and take out filter system.
19
3. Remove any residue and clean filters under running water.
19
4. Re-install filter system in reverse sequence and ensure that the arrow marks are opposite each other after closing the filter system.
19
Spray arms
19
1. Check outlet nozzles on the spray arms for blockages.
19
2. Unscrew the upper spray arm 1B.
19
3. Remove the lower spray arm 1J upwards.
19
4. Clean spray arms under running water.
19
5. Re-engage or screw on spray arms.
19
3 Fault, what to do?
20
Fault, what to do?
20
Note
20
m Warning
20
Waste water pump
20
1. First always disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
20
2. Take out top basket 1* and bottom basket 1b.
20
3. Remove the filters 1R.
20
4. Scoop out water, use a sponge if required.
20
5. Prise out the white pump cover (as illustrated) using a spoon. Grip the cover on the crosspiece and lift diagonally inwards. Remove cover completely.
20
6. Check impeller wheel and remove any foreign objects.
20
7. Place cover in the original position and press down until it engages (click).
20
8. Install filters.
20
9. Re-insert baskets.
20
Fault
21
Cause
21
Remedial action
21
4 Customer service
28
Customer service
28
5 Installation and connection
28
Installation and connection
28
1. Checking appliance on delivery
28
2. Installing the appliance
28
3. Waste water connection
28
4. Fresh water connection
28
5. Electrical connection
28
Product package
28
Safety instructions
28
Delivery
29
Technical specifications
29
Installation
29
Waste-water connection
29
1. The required work sequence can be found in the installation instructions. If required, fit a siphon with an drainage connection.
29
2. Connect the waste-water hose to the drainage connection of the siphon with the enclosed parts.
29
Fresh water connection
29
1. Connect the fresh-water connection to the tap according to the installation instructions with the enclosed parts.
29
2. When replacing the appliance, always use a new water supply hose.
29
Electrical connection
30
Removing the appliance
30
1. Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
30
2. Turn off the water supply.
30
3. Disconnect the waste water and fresh water connections.
30
4. Loosen fastening screws for the furniture parts.
30
5. If fitted, remove the base panel.
30
6. Pull out the appliance, carefully pulling the hose behind.
30
Transportation
30
Drain the appliance according to the following steps:
30
1. Turn on the tap.
30
2. Close the door.
30
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
30
4. Select programme with the highest temperature.
30
5. Press START button `.
30
6. After approx. 4 minutes press the START button ` until ‹:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display.
30
7. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
30
8. Turn off the tap, disconnect supply hose and drain water.
30
Protection against frostProtection against frost (Emptying the appliance)
31
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.12 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
2
( Safety instructions
2
Safety instructions
2
Before you switch ON the appliance
2
Delivery
3
1. Check the packaging and dishwasher immediately for damage caused in transit. Do not switch on a damaged appliance, but contact your supplier.
3
2. Please dispose of the packaging material in an environmentally friendly manner.
3
3. Do not let children play with packaging and its parts. There is a risk of suffocation from collapsible boxes and film.
3
Installation
3
In daily use
4
Childproof lock (door lock)Door lock *
4
Damage
4
Disposal
4
1. Make redundant appliances unusable to prevent subsequent accidents.
4
2. Dispose of the appliance in a n environmentally friendly manner.
4
m Warning
5
Risk of injury!
5
m Warning
5
Risk of explosion!
5
m Warning
5
Risk of scalding!
5
m Warning
5
Risks to children!
5
7 Protection of the environment
6
Protection of the environment
6
Packaging
6
Old appliances
6
* Getting to know your appliance
7
Getting to know your appliance
7
Control panel
7
Appliance interior
7
Overview of menu
7
Selecting language
8
Language
8
Setting
8
p:‹‚
8
p:‹ƒ
8
p:‹„
8
p:‹…
8
p:ܠ
8
p:‹‡
8
p:‹ˆ
8
p:‹‰
8
p:‹Š
8
p:‚‹
8
p:‚‚
8
p:‚ƒ
8
p:‚„
8
p:‚…
8
p:‚†
8
p:‚‡
8
p:‚ˆ
8
p:‚‰
8
p:‚Š
8
p:ƒ‹
8
p:ƒ‚
8
p:ƒƒ
8
p:ƒ„
8
To change the language:
8
1. Open the door.
8
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
8
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until the digital display 8 •:‹... is indicated.
8
4. Release both buttons.
8
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value p:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display 8.
8
6. Press programme button 3.
8
7. Press START button )".
8
8. Close the door.
8
Display window
8
+ Water softening system/Special salt
9
Water softening system/Special salt
9
Setting
9
1. Find out about the hardness value of your tap water. Your water utility company will help you with this.
9
2. Set value can be found in the water hardness table.
9
3. Open the door.
9
4. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
9
5. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
9
6. Release both buttons.
9
To change the setting:
9
1. Press programme button 3.
9
2. Press START button )".
9
3. Close the door.
9
Water hardness table
9
Using special salt
10
1. Open the screw-type cap of the compartment 1R.
10
2. Fill the tank with water (only required when switching on the appliance for the first time).
10
3. Then add dishwasher special salt (not table salt or tablets).
10
Using detergents with salt componentDetergents with salt component
10
Switching off salt refill indicator/water softening systemSwitching off water softening system
10
m Caution
10
, Rinse aid
10
Rinse aid
10
1. Open the dispenser 9" by pressing and lifting the plate on the cover.
11
2. Carefully pour rinse aid up to the max. mark in the filler opening.
11
3. Close cover until it clicks shut.
11
4. To prevent excessive foam formation during the next rinse cycle, remove any rinse aid which has run over with a cloth.
11
Setting amount of rinse aid
11
1. Open the door.
11
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
11
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
11
4. Release both buttons.
11
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value §:‹† is indicated on the digital display 8.
11
To change the setting:
11
1. Press programme button 3.
11
2. Press START button )".
11
3. Close the door.
11
Switching off rinse aid refill indicator
11
- Utensils
12
Utensils
12
Not suitable
12
Glass and utensil damage
12
Loading the dishwasher
12
1. Remove large food remnants. It is not necessary to prerinse utensils under running water.
12
2. Place the utensils so that
12
Unloading the dishwasher
12
Note
12
Cups and glasses
13
Pans
13
Tip
13
Cutlery basket
13
EtagereEtagere *
13
Folding spikesFolding spikes *
14
Small accessories holder *Small accessories holder
14
Knife shelf *Knife shelf
14
Adjusting the height of the basketAdjusting the height of the basket *
14
Appliance height 81.5 cm
14
22 cm
14
30 cm
14
24.5 cm
14
27.5 cm
14
27 cm
14
25 cm
14
Appliance height 86.5 cm
14
24 cm
14
33 cm
14
26.5 cm
14
30.5 cm
14
29 cm
14
28 cm
14
Top basket with side levers
15
1. Pull out the top basket 1* out.
15
2. To lower the basket, press in the left and then the right lever on the outside of the basket. In doing so, hold the sides of the basket along the upper edge to prevent it from suddenly dropping.
15
3. To raise the basket, hold the basket on the sides of the upper edge and lift it up.
15
4. Before re-inserting the basket again, ensure that it is at the same height on both sides. Otherwise, the appliance door cannot be closed and the upper spray arm will not be connected to the water circuit.
15
Top basket with upper and lower roller pairs
15
1. Pull out the top basket 1* out.
15
2. Remove the upper basket and re- attach it to the upper (stage 3) or lower (stage 1) rollers.
15
. Detergent
15
Detergent
15
Note
15
m Warning
15
Adding detergent
16
1. If the detergent dispenser 9* is still closed, press the lock 92 to open the detergent dispenser.
16
2. Close the cover on the detergent dispenser by sliding it up until the lock engages without difficulty.
16
Tip
16
Combination detergent
16
m Warning
16
m Warning
16
Notes
17
Overview of programmes
18
The max. possible number of programmes is illustrated in this overview. The corresponding programmes and their arrangement can be found on the fascia.
18
Type of utensils
18
Type of soiling
18
Programme
18
Possible additional options
18
Programme sequence
18
Programme selection
19
Information for test institutes
19
0 Additional options
19
Additional options
19
Express Wash/ Speed Perfect (VarioSpeed)Ÿ Express Wash/ Speed Perfect/ (VarioSpeed) *
19
Half load§ Half load *
19
µ HygienePlus *HygienePlus
19
Ï Intensive zone *Intensive zone
19
¿ Extra drying *Extra drying
19
1 Operating the appliance
20
Operating the appliance
20
Programme data
20
Aqua sensorAqua sensor *
20
Switching on the appliance
20
1. Turn on the tap fully.
20
2. Open the door.
20
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
20
4. Press the START button )".
20
5. Close the door.
20
Note
20
Remaining running time display
20
Onboard computer
21
1. Open the door.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display 8.
21
4. Release both buttons.
21
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ’:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display 8.
21
To change the setting:
21
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the on board computer (additional programme information) off ’:‹‹ or on ’:‹‚.
21
2. Press START button )".
21
3. Close the door.
21
Timer programming
21
1. Open the door.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Press the button ` + until ‹‚ is flaching in the timer programming display X.
21
4. Press + or – button until the ` displayed time corresponds with your requirements.
21
5. Press START button )", timer programming is activated.
21
6. To delete timer programming `, press the + or – button until ‹‹ is indicated on the digital display X.
21
7. Close the door.
21
End of programme
21
1. Open the door.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
21
4. Release both buttons.
21
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ›:‹ƒ is indicated on the digital display 8.
21
To change the setting,
21
1. Press programme button 3. Each time the button is pressed, the set value increases by one level; when the value of ›:‹„ has been reached, the display jumps back to ›:‹‹ (off).
21
2. Press START button )", the set value is saved.
21
3. Close the door.
21
Automatic switch off after end of programme or interior light*Automatic switch off / interior light
22
1. Open the door.
22
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
22
4. Release both buttons.
22
5. Keep pressing programme button # until the value ˜:‹... is indicated on the numerical display 8.
22
To change the setting:
22
1. Press programme button 3.
22
2. Press START button )".
22
3. Close the door.
22
Switching off the appliance
22
1. Open the door.
22
2. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Turn off the tap (not applicable if Aqua-Stop fitted).
22
4. Remove the utensils when they have cooled down.
22
Note
22
Interrupting the programme
23
1. Open the door.
23
2. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
23
3. To continue the programme, switch on the ON/OFF switch ( again.
23
4. Close the door.
23
Terminating the programmeTerminating the programme (Reset)
23
1. Open the door.
23
2. Press START button )" for approx. 3 sec.
23
3. Close the door.
23
4. Open the door.
23
5. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
23
6. Close the door.
23
Changing the programme
23
Intensive drying
23
1. Open the door.
23
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
23
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
23
4. Release both buttons.
23
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value š:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display 8.
23
To change the setting,
23
1. Press the button 3 to switch the Intensive drying on š:‹‚ or off š:‹‹.
23
2. Press START button )".
23
3. Close the door.
23
2 Cleaning and maintenance
24
Cleaning and maintenance
24
Overall condition of the machine
24
m Warning
24
Health hazard
24
Special salt and rinse aid
24
Filters
25
1. After each washing cycle check the filters for residue.
25
2. Unscrew filter cylinder as illustrated and take out filter system.
25
3. Remove any residue and clean filters under running water.
25
4. Re-install filter system in reverse sequence and ensure that the arrow marks are opposite each other after closing the filter system.
25
Spray arms
25
1. Check outlet nozzles on the spray arms for blockages.
25
2. Unscrew the upper spray arm 1B.
25
3. Remove the lower spray arm 1J upwards.
25
4. Clean spray arms under running water.
25
5. Re-engage or screw on spray arms.
25
3 Fault, what to do?
25
Fault, what to do?
25
Note
26
m Warning
26
Error message in the display window
26
Waste water pump
26
m Warning
26
Risk of cuts!
26
1. First always disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
26
2. Take out top basket 1* and bottom basket 1j.
26
3. Remove the filters 1Z.
26
4. Scoop out water, use a sponge if required.
26
5. Prise out the white pump cover (as illustrated) using a spoon. Grip the cover on the crosspiece and lift diagonally inwards. Remove cover completely.
26
6. Check impeller wheel and remove any foreign objects.
26
7. Place cover in the original position and press down until it engages (click).
26
8. Install filters.
26
9. Re-insert baskets.
26
Fault table
27
Fault
27
Cause
27
Remedial action
27
4 Customer service
35
Customer service
35
5 Installation and connection
35
Installation and connection
35
1. Checking appliance on delivery
35
2. Installing the appliance
35
3. Waste water connection
35
4. Drinking water connection
35
5. Electrical connection
35
Product package
35
Safety instructions
35
Delivery
36
Technical specifications
36
Installation
36
Waste-water connection
36
1. The required work sequence can be found in the installation instructions. If required, fit a siphon with an drainage connection.
36
2. Connect the waste-water hose to the drainage connection of the siphon with the enclosed parts.
36
Drinking water connection
37
1. Fasten the drinking water connection to the tap according to the installation instructions using the enclosed parts.
37
2. When replacing the appliance, always use a new water supply hose.
37
Warm water connection *Warm water connection
37
Setting hot water:
37
1. Open the door.
37
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
37
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
37
4. Release both buttons.
37
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ‘:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display 8.
37
To change the setting:
37
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the hot water setting off ‘:‹‹ or on ‘:‹‚.
37
2. Press START button )".
37
3. Close the door.
37
Electrical connection
37
Removing the appliance
38
1. Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
38
2. Turn off the water supply.
38
3. Undo the waste water and drinking water connection.
38
4. Loosen fastening screws for the furniture parts.
38
5. If fitted, remove the base panel.
38
6. Pull out the appliance, carefully pulling the hose behind.
38
Transportation
38
Drain the appliance according to the following steps:
38
1. Turn on the tap.
38
2. Open the door.
38
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
38
4. Select programme with the highest temperature.
38
5. Press START button )".
38
6. Close the door.
38
7. Open door after approx. 4 minutes.
38
8. Press START button )" until ‹:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display.
38
9. Close the door.
38
10. Open door after approx. 1 minute.
38
11. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
38
12. Turn off the tap, disconnect supply hose and drain water.
38
Protection against frostProtection against frost (Emptying the appliance)
38
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.40 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.34 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
40
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
Rinse aid
11
Setting amount of rinse aid
12
indicator
12
Utensils
12
Not suitable
12
Glass and utensil damage
12
Loading the dishwasher
13
Unloading the dishwasher
13
Cups and glasses
13
Cutlery basket
14
Cutlery drawer
15
Folding spikes
15
Small accessories holder
15
basket
16
Detergent
17
Adding detergent
17
Overview of programmes
19
Programme selection
20
Information for test institutes
20
Additional options
21
(VarioSpeed)
21
Half load
21
HygienePlus
21
Intensive zone
21
Extra drying
21
Operating the appliance
22
Aqua sensor
22
Switching on the appliance
22
Programme sequence indicator
22
Remaining running time display
22
Timer programming
22
End of programme
23
light
23
Switching off the appliance
23
Interrupting the programme
23
Terminating the programme
24
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
Cleaning and maintenance
24
Overall condition of the machine
24
Rinse aid
25
Filters
25
Spray arms
26
Fault, what to do?
26
Waste water pump
27
Fault table
28
Customer service
35
connection
35
Product package
35
Safety instructions
35
Delivery
36
Technical specifications
36
Installation
36
Waste-water connection
36
Drinking water connection
37
Warm water connection
37
Electrical connection
38
Removing the appliance
38
Transportation
38
(Emptying the appliance)
38
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.07 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
system/Special salt
11
Setting
11
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
indicator
14
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
15
Unloading the dishwasher
15
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery drawer
16
Folding spikes
16
Small accessories holder
17
Adjusting the height of the basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
18
Combination detergent
19
Overview of programmes
20
Programme selection
21
Information for test institutes
21
Additional options
21
(VarioSpeedPlus)
21
Half load
21
HygienePlus
21
Intensive zone
21
Extra drying
21
Operating the appliance
22
Programme data
22
Aqua sensor
22
Switching on the appliance
22
Remaining running time display
22
Timer programming
23
End of programme
23
the end of the programme
23
Switching off the appliance
24
Interrupting the programme
24
Terminating the programme
24
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
Cleaning and maintenance
25
Overall condition of the machine
25
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
26
Spray arms
26
Fault, what to do?
27
Waste water pump
27
Fault table
28
Customer service
36
Installation and connection
36
Product package
36
Safety instructions
36
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
37
Waste-water connection
37
Drinking water connection
38
Warm water connection
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
Transportation
40
(Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
1.98 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
40
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
Rinse aid
11
Setting amount of rinse aid
12
indicator
12
Utensils
12
Not suitable
12
Glass and utensil damage
12
Loading the dishwasher
13
Unloading the dishwasher
13
Cups and glasses
13
Cutlery basket
14
Etagere
14
Folding spikes
15
Small accessories holder
15
Knife shelf
15
Adjusting the height of the basket
15
Detergent
16
Adding detergent
17
Overview of programmes
18
Programme selection
19
Information for test institutes
19
Additional options
20
(VarioSpeed)
20
Half load
20
HygienePlus
20
Intensive zone
20
Extra drying
20
Operating the appliance
21
Aqua sensor
21
Switching on the appliance
21
Programme sequence indicator
21
Remaining running time display
21
Timer programming
21
End of programme
22
interior light
22
Switching off the appliance
22
Interrupting the programme
23
Terminating the programme
23
Changing the programme
23
Intensive drying
23
Cleaning and maintenance
24
Overall condition of the machine
24
Rinse aid
24
Filters
25
Spray arms
25
Fault, what to do?
26
Waste water pump
26
Fault table
27
Customer service
34
connection
34
Product package
34
Safety instructions
34
Delivery
35
Technical specifications
35
Installation
35
Waste-water connection
35
Drinking water connection
36
Warm water connection
36
Electrical connection
37
Removing the appliance
37
Transportation
38
(Emptying the appliance)
38
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.70 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
2
( Safety instructions
2
Safety instructions
2
Children from 8 years of age or people whose physical, sensory or mental abilities or their lack of experience or knowledge prevent them from using the appliance safely must not use this appliance without supervision or instruction by a responsible p...
2
Before you switch ON the appliance
2
Please read the operating and installation instructions carefully. They contain important information on how to install, use and maintain the appliance.
2
Retain all documents for subsequent use or for the next owner.
2
Delivery
3
1. Check the packaging and dishwasher immediately for damage caused in transit. Do not switch on a damaged appliance, but contact your supplier.
3
2. Please dispose of the packaging material in an environmentally friendly manner.
3
3. Do not let children play with packaging and its parts. There is a risk of suffocation from collapsible boxes and film.
3
Installation
3
In daily use
4
Read and observe the safety information and instructions for use on the packaging for cleaning and rinsing agents.
4
Childproof lock (door lock)Door lock *
4
The description of the childproof lock is at the back in the envelope.
4
* depending on model
4
Childproof lock (button lock)Button lock
4
You can secure your appliance from being unintentionally the programme terminated (e.g. improper operation by children).
4
Activating the button lock:
4
1. Start the required programme.
4
2. Hold down the button + for approx. 4 sec. until this ’– is indicated on the digital display.
4
If any button is pressed while the programme is running, this ’– is indicated on the digital display. It is not possible to end (Reset) the programme.
4
Deactivating the button lock:
5
When the programme ends (‹:‹‹ on the digital display), the button lock is cancelled. If there is a power failure, the button lock is retained. Whenever a programme is restarted, the button lock must be reactivated.
5
Damage
5
Disposal
5
1. Make redundant appliances unusable to prevent subsequent accidents.
5
2. Dispose of the appliance in a n environmentally friendly manner.
5
m Warning
5
Risk of injury!
5
â– To prevent injuries, e.g. caused by stumbling, open the dishwasher only briefly in order to load and unload the dishwasher.
5
â– Knives and other utensils with sharp points must be placed with the points downwards in the cutlery basket* or horizontally on the knife shelf* or in the cutlery drawer*.
5
â– Do not lean or sit on the open door.
5
â– In the case of free-standing appliances, ensure that the baskets are not overloaded.
5
â– If the appliance is not in a cavity and a side panel is accessible, the door hinge area must be covered at the side for reasons of safety (risk of injury). The covers are available as optional accessories from customer service or specialist outlets.
5
m Warning
5
Risk of explosion!
5
m Warning
6
Risk of scalding!
6
m Warning
6
Risks to children!
6
â– If fitted, use the childproof lock. An exact description can be found in the back of the enve lope.
6
â– Do not allow children to play with or operate the appliance.
6
â– Keep children away from detergents and rinse aid. These may cause chemical burns in the mouth, throat and eyes or asphyxiation.
6
â– Keep children away from open dishwasher. The water in the rinsing compartment is not drinking water and could contain detergent residue.
6
â– Ensure that children do not place fingers in the tablet collecting tray 1B. Small fingers could become caught in the slots.
6
â– When opening and closing the door on an eye-level appliance, ensure that children do not become jammed or crushed between the appliance door and the cupboard door below.
6
â– Children could become locked in the appliance (danger of suffocation) or get into another dangerous situation.
6
7 Protection of the environment
7
Protection of the environment
7
Both the packaging of new appliances and the old appliances themselves contain valuable raw materials and recyclable materials.
7
Please dispose of the individual parts separated according to type.
7
Please ask your dealer or inquire at your local authority about current means of disposal.
7
Packaging
7
All plastic parts of the appliance are identified with internationally standardised abbreviations (e.g. >PS< polystyrene). Therefore, plastic waste can be sorted out when the appliance is being disposed of.
7
Please follow the safety instructions under “Delivery”.
7
Old appliances
7
Please follow the safety instructions under “Disposal of your appliance”.
7
This appliance is labelled in accordance with European Directive 2012/19/EU concerning used electrical and electronic appliances (waste electrical and electronic equipment - WEEE). The guideline determines the framework for the return and recycling o...
7
* Getting to know your appliance
7
Getting to know your appliance
7
Diagrams of the control panel and the interior of the appliance can be found in the envelope at the front.
7
Individual positions are referred to in the text.
7
Control panel
7
ON/OFF switch
7
Programme buttons **
7
Display “Check water supply”
7
Salt refill indicator
7
Rinse aid refill indicator
7
Door opener
7
Timer programming *
7
Additional options **
7
START button
7
Programme sequence indicator
7
Digital display
7
* depending on model
7
** Number depending on model
7
Appliance interior
8
Interior light *
8
Cutlery drawer
8
Top basket
8
Top spray arm
8
Tablet collecting tray
8
Bottom spray arm
8
Dispenser for special salt
8
Filters
8
Cutlery basket
8
Bottom basket
8
Dispenser for rinse aid
8
Detergent dispenser
8
Lock for detergent dispenser
8
Rating plate
8
* depending on model
8
Overview of menu
8
The settings can be found in the individual chapters.
8
Water Hardness •:‹‹ - •:‹ˆ
8
Intensive drying š:‹‹ - š:‹‚
8
Rinse aid §:‹‹ - §:‹‡
8
Hot water ‘:‹‹ - ‘:‹‚
8
Automatic disconnection ˜:‹‹ - ˜:‹ƒ
8
+ Water softening system/Special salt
9
Water softening system/Special salt
9
To ensure good washing results, the dishwasher requires soft water, i.e. containing low amounts of lime, otherwise white limescale will be deposited on the utensils and inner container.
9
Tap water above 1.2 mmol/l must be softened. The water is softened with special salt (regeneration salt) in the water softening system of the dishwasher.
9
The setting and therefore the required amount of salt depends on the degree of hardness of your tap water (see table).
9
Setting
9
The amount of salt dispensed can be set from •:‹‹ to •:‹ˆ.
9
Salt is not required at the set value •:‹‹.
9
1. Find out about the hardness value of your tap water. Your water utility company will help you with this.
9
2. Set value can be found in the water hardness table.
9
3. Close the door.
9
4. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
9
5. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
9
6. Release both buttons.
9
To change the setting:
9
1. Press programme button 3.
9
2. Press START button h.
9
Water hardness table
9
Using special salt
10
Always refill with special salt immediately before switching on the appliance. This ensures that overrun special salt solution is immediately washed out and does not corrode the rinsing tank.
10
1. Open the screw-type cap of the compartment 1R.
10
2. Fill the tank with water (only required when switching on the appliance for the first time).
10
3. Then add dishwasher salt (not table salt or tablets).
10
As soon as the salt refill indicator @ on the fascia is lit, top up the salt.
10
* depending on model
10
Using detergents with salt componentDetergents with salt component
10
If combined detergents with a salt component are used, salt can usually be omitted up to a water hardness of 21° dH (37° fH, 26° Clarke, 3.7 mmol/ l). If the water hardness is over 21° dH, special salt must be used.
10
Switching off salt refill indicator/water softening systemSwitching off water softening system
10
If the salt refill indicator @ is impaired (e.g. when using combined detergents containing salt component), it can be switched off.
10
m Caution
10
, Rinse aid
11
Rinse aid
11
As soon as the rinse-aid refill indicator H is lit on the fascia, there is still a rinse-aid reserve of 1-2 rinsing processes. Refill with rinse aid.
11
The rinse aid is required for stain-free utensils and clear glasses. Use only rinse aid for domestic dishwashers.
11
Combined detergents with rinse-aid component may be used up to a water hardness of 21° dH (37° fH, 26° Clarke, 3.7 mmol/l) only. If the water hardness is over 21° dH, rinse aid must be used.
11
1. Open the dispenser 9" by pressing and lifting the plate on the cover.
11
2. Carefully pour rinse aid up to the max. mark in the filler opening.
11
3. Close cover until it clicks shut.
11
4. To prevent excessive foam formation during the next rinse cycle, remove any rinse aid which has run over with a cloth.
11
Setting amount of rinse aid
11
The amount of rinse aid can be set from §:‹‹ to §:‹‡. Please set rinse aid on §:‹† to obtain very good drying results (§:‹† is already set in factory).
11
Change this setting, only if streaks (select lower setting) or water stains (select higher setting) are left on the utensils.
11
1. Close the door.
11
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
11
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
11
4. Release both buttons.
11
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value §:‹† is indicated on the digital display )*.
11
To change the setting:
11
1. Press programme button 3.
11
2. Press START button h.
11
Switching off rinse aid refill indicator
12
If the rinse-aid refill indicator H is impaired (e.g. when using combined detergents containing rinse aid component), it can be switched off.
12
The rinse aid refill indicator H is now switched off.
12
- Utensils
12
Utensils
12
Not suitable
12
Aluminium and silver parts have a tendency to discolour and fade during the wash cycle. Even some types of glass (e.g. crystal glass objects) may turn cloudy after many wash cycles.
12
Glass and utensil damage
12
Causes:
12
Recommendation:
12
Loading the dishwasher
12
1. Remove large food remnants. It is not necessary to prerinse utensils under running water.
12
2. Place the utensils so that
12
Very small utensils should not be washed in the machine, as they may fall out of the baskets.
12
Unloading the dishwasher
13
To prevent water from dripping off the upper basket onto the utensils in the lower basket, it is recommended to empty the appliance from the bottom up.
13
Hot utensils are sensitive to shock! Therefore, when the programme ends, leave the utensils to cool down in the dishwasher until they can be handled.
13
Note
13
Cups and glasses
13
Top basket 12
13
Pans
13
Bottom basket 1j
13
Tip
13
Tip
13
Cutlery basket
14
You should always place cutlery unsorted with the points downwards.
14
To prevent injuries, place long, pointed implements and knives in the cutlery drawer.
14
Cutlery drawer
14
Arrange the cutlery in the cutlery drawer 1* as illustrated. Separately arranged utensils are easier to remove after washing.
14
The drawer can be taken out.
14
Depending on the model, you can fold down the side shelves to provide more room for taller items of cutlery. The front rows of prongs can be folded down to provide room for wider handles.
14
Folding spikesFolding spikes *
14
* depending on model
14
The spikes can be folded down to improve arrangement of pans, bowls and glasses.
14
Small accessories holder *Small accessories holder
15
* depending on model
15
Light-weight plastic accessories, e.g. cups, lids, etc. can be held securely in the small accessories holder.
15
Adjusting the height of the basket
15
The height of the upper utensils basket 12 can be adjusted in 3 stages to create more space either in the upper or lower basket.
15
Appliance height 81.5 cm
15
16 cm
15
30 cm
15
18.5 cm
15
27.5 cm
15
21 cm
15
25 cm
15
Appliance height 86.5 cm
15
18 cm
15
33 cm
15
20.5 cm
15
30.5 cm
15
23 cm
15
28 cm
15
1. Pull out the top basket 12 out.
15
2. To lower the basket, press in the left and then the right lever on the outside of the basket. In doing so, hold the sides of the basket along the upper edge to prevent it from suddenly dropping.
15
3. To raise the basket, hold the basket on the sides of the upper edge and lift it up.
15
4. Before re-inserting the basket again, ensure that it is at the same height on both sides. Otherwise, the appliance door cannot be closed and the upper spray arm will not be connected to the water circuit.
15
. Detergent
16
Detergent
16
You can use tablets as well as powder or liquid detergents for dishwashers, but never use washing up liquid. The dosage can be individually adjusted with powder or a liquid detergent according to the degree of soiling. Tablets contain an adequately l...
16
Note
16
m Warning
16
Adding detergent
16
1. If the detergent dispenser 9* is still closed, press the lock 92 to open the detergent dispenser.
16
2. Close the cover on the detergent dispenser by sliding it up until the lock engages without difficulty.
16
Tip
17
Combination detergent
17
Apart from conventional detergents (Solo), a number of products are offered with additional functions. These products contain not only the detergent but also rinse-aid and salt replacement substances (3in1) and, depending on the combination (4in1, 5i...
17
As soon as combined detergents are used, the rinse programme is adjusted automatically to ensure the best possible rinsing and drying result.
17
m Warning
17
m Warning
17
Notes
17
Overview of programmes
18
The max. possible number of programmes is illustrated in this overview. The corresponding programmes and their arrangement can be found on the fascia.
18
Type of utensils
18
Type of soiling
18
Programme
18
Possible additional options
18
Programme sequence
18
* The Intensive Smart 45° programme offers outstanding cleaning results even if utensils are heavily soiled. And this with an energy saving of up to 25% compared with the Intensive 70° programme.
18
To benefit from these advantages, please use modern detergents which deploy their full cleaning power from 45 °C. These detergents are identified by the manufacturers accordingly.
18
Programme selection
19
You can select a suitable programme according to the type of utensils and degree of soiling.
19
Information for test institutes
19
Test institutes receive the information for comparability tests (e.g. according to EN60436).
19
These are the conditions for conducting the tests, however these are not the results or consumption values.
19
Request by e-mail to:
19
[email protected]
19
The product number (E no.) and the production number (FD) are required which you can find on the rating plate 9: on the appliance door.
19
TurboSpeed 20 min.TurboSpeed 20 min. - especially quick rinsing programme with one-off preheating*
19
* depending on model
19
The appliance is heated up once (approx. 25 min.), then the appliance is loaded and several quick rinse cycles (20 min. each) can run in succession.
19
Note
19
Please read the operation carefully, the programme differs from the other programmes.
19
1. Close the door.
19
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
19
3. Select programme TurboSpeed 20 min.
19
4. Press START button h.
19
5. As soon as p (p = Load) flashes, open and load the appliance and start the rinsing phase by pressing the START button h.
19
6. As soon as ‹:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*, the rinse cycle has ended.
19
7. Remove utensils.
19
8. If more rinse cycles are required, reload dishwasher and press the START button.
19
9. If no more rinse cycles are required, switch off ON/OFF switch (.
19
0 Additional options
20
Additional options
20
* depending on model
20
Additional options can be set with the buttons `.
20
Å Express WashPlus/Speed PerfectPlus (VarioSpeedPlus) *Express WaschPlus/SpeedPerfectPlus (VarioSpeedPlus)
20
This function can reduce the running time by approx. 20% to 66% depending on the selected rinse programme. To obtain optimum cleaning and drying results at a reduced running time, water and energy consumption are increased.
20
Half load§ Half load *
20
If you have only a few items to wash (e.g. glasses, cups, plates), you can switch to “half load”. This will save water, energy and time. It is recommended to put a little less detergent in the detergent dispenser than for a full load.
20
µ HygienePlus *HygienePlus
20
This function increases the temperatures and retains them for an extra long time to obtain a defined disinfection performance. Continuous use of this function increases the hygiene status. This additional option is ideal for cleaning e.g. chopping bo...
20
Ï Intensive zone *Intensive zone
20
Perfect for a mixed load. You can wash very soiled pots and pans in the lower basket together with normally soiled utensils in the upper basket. The spray pressure in the lower basket is intensified, the rinsing temperature is increased slightly.
20
¿ Extra drying *Extra drying
20
An increased temperature during the final rinse and an extended drying phase ensure that even plastic parts dry better. There is a slight increase in the energy consumption.
20
1 Operating the appliance
21
Operating the appliance
21
Programme data
21
The programme data (consumption values) can be found in the summary of instructions. They refer to normal conditions and the water hardness set value •:‹…. Different influencing factors such as e.g. water temperature or line pressure may result...
21
Aqua sensorAqua sensor *
21
* depending on model
21
The Aqua sensor is an optical measuring device (light barrier) which measures the turbidity of the rinsing water.
21
The Aqua sensor is used according to the programme. If the Aqua sensor is active, “clean” rinsing water can be transferred to the next rinse bath and water consumption can be reduced by 3–6 litres. If the turbidity is greater, the water is drai...
21
Switching on the appliance
21
1. Turn on the tap fully.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Press the START button h.
21
Note
21
Programme TurboSpeed 20 min.:
21
When the START button h is pressed the first time, the heating up phase (approx. 25 min., irrespective of the initial situation) of the appliance starts. After the appliance has been opened, loaded and closed, the rinsing phase (20 min.) starts when ...
21
Programme sequence indicatorProgramme sequence indicator )"
22
Your dishes are being cleaned.
22
Your dishes are being rinsed.
22
Your dishes are being dried.
22
Remaining running time display
22
When the programme is selected, the remaining running time of the programme is indicated on the digital display )*.
22
The running time is determined during the programme by the water temperature, the number of utensils as well as the degree of soiling and may vary (depending on the selected programme).
22
Programme TurboSpeed 20 min.:
22
During the heating up phase • and the remaining running time are indicated alternately on the digital display; at the end p flashes, indicating that the appliance can be opened and loaded. When the appliance has been restarted, the remaining runnin...
22
Timer programmingTimer programming *
22
* depending on model
22
You can delay the start of the programme in 1-hour steps up to 24 hours.
22
1. Close the door.
22
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Press button X + until the digital display )* jumps to œ:‹‚.
22
4. Press X + or – button until the displayed time corresponds with your requirements.
22
5. Press START button h, timer programming is activated.
22
6. To delete timer programming, press the X + or – button until )* œ:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display.
22
End of programme
22
The programme has ended when the value ‹:‹‹ is indicated on the numerical display )*.
22
The following applies to TurboSpeed 20 min.:
22
As soon as ‹:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*, the rinse cycle has ended. When the appliance door has been opened, p is indicated on the digital display. If no further rinse cycle is required, switch off the appliance with the ON/OFF s...
22
Automatic switch off after end of programme or interior light*Automatic switch off / interior light
23
* depending on model
23
To save energy, the dishwasher can be automatically switched off 1 min or 120 min after the programme ends.
23
The setting can be selected from ˜:‹‹ to ˜:‹ƒ.
23
Appliance does not switch off automatically.
23
The interior light 1" comes on when the door is opened irrespective of whether the ON/OFF switch ( is switched on or off. When the door is closed the light is off. If the door is open for longer than 60 min., the light switches off automatically. The...
23
Appliance switches off after 1 min.
23
Appliance switches off after 120 min.
23
1. Close the door.
23
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
23
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
23
4. Release both buttons.
23
5. Keep pressing programme button # until the value ˜:‹... is indicated on the numerical display )*.
23
To change the setting:
23
1. Press programme button 3.
23
2. Press START button h.
23
Switching off the appliance
23
Short time after the end of the programme:
23
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
23
2. Turn off the tap (not applicable if Aqua-Stop fitted).
23
3. Remove the utensils when they have cooled down.
23
Note
23
In the case of the TurboSpeed 20 min. programme switch off if no further rinse cycle is to follow.
23
Interrupting the programme
24
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
24
2. To continue the programme, switch on the ON/OFF switch ( again.
24
Terminating the programmeTerminating the programme (Reset)
24
1. Press START button h for approx. 3 sec.
24
2. The programme sequence lasts approx. 1 min. On the digital display )* is indicated ‹:‹‹.
24
3. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
24
Changing the programme
24
When the START button h has been pressed, the programme cannot be changed.
24
The only way a programme can be changed is by Cancel programme (Reset).
24
Intensive drying
24
The final rinse uses a higher temperature which improves the drying result. The running time may increase slightly. (Caution if utensils are delicate!)
24
1. Close the door.
24
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
24
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until the digital display )* •:‹... is indicated.
24
4. Release both buttons.
24
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value š:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*.
24
To change the setting,
24
1. Press the button 3 to switch the Intensive drying on š:‹‚ or off š:‹‹.
24
2. Press START button h.
24
2 Cleaning and maintenance
25
Cleaning and maintenance
25
A regular inspection and maintenance of your machine will help to prevent faults. This saves time and prevents problems.
25
Overall condition of the machine
25
If you find such deposits:
25
Clean the appliance with detergents/ appliance cleaners which are particularly suitable for use with dishwashers.
25
Never use a steam cleaner to clean your dishwasher. The manufacturer is not liable for any consequential damage.
25
Regularly wipe the front of the appliance and fascia with a damp cloth; water and a little washing up liquid are adequate. Do not use sponges with a rough surface or abrasive detergents, as these could scratch the surfaces.
25
Stainless steel appliances: To prevent corrosion, avoid using sponge cloths or wash them out thoroughly several times before using for the first time.
25
m Warning
25
Health hazard
25
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
26
The filters 1Z keep large foreign objects in the rinsing water away from the pump. These foreign objects may occasionally block the filters.
26
The filter system consists of a coarse filter, a flat fine filter and a microfilter.
26
1. After each washing cycle check the filters for residue.
26
2. Unscrew filter cylinder as illustrated and take out filter system.
26
3. Remove any residue and clean filters under running water.
26
4. Re-install filter system in reverse sequence and ensure that the arrow marks are opposite each other after closing the filter system.
26
Spray arms
26
Limescale and contaminants in the rinsing water may block nozzles and bearings on the spray arms 1: and 1J.
26
1. Check outlet nozzles on the spray arms for blockages.
26
2. Unscrew the upper spray arm 1:.
26
3. Remove the lower spray arm 1J upwards.
26
4. Clean spray arms under running water.
26
5. Re-engage or screw on spray arms.
26
3 Fault, what to do?
27
Fault, what to do?
27
Experience has shown that you can rectify most faults which occur in daily operation yourself. This ensures that the machine is quickly available to you again. In the following overview you can find possible causes of malfunctions and helpful informa...
27
Note
27
m Warning
27
Waste water pump
27
Large food remnants or foreign objects which were not captured by the filters may block the waste water pump. The rinsing water will then be above the filter.
27
m Warning
27
Risk of cuts!
27
In this case:
27
1. First always disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
27
2. Take out top basket 12 and bottom basket 1j.
27
3. Remove the filters 1Z.
27
4. Scoop out water, use a sponge if required.
27
5. Prise out the white pump cover (as illustrated) using a spoon. Grip the cover on the crosspiece and lift diagonally inwards. Remove cover completely.
27
6. Check impeller wheel and remove any foreign objects.
27
7. Place cover in the original position and press down until it engages (click).
27
8. Install filters.
27
9. Re-insert baskets.
27
Fault table
28
Fault
28
Cause
28
Remedial action
28
4 Customer service
36
Customer service
36
If you are unable to rectify the fault, please contact your customer service. We always find a suitable solution, even to avoid unnecessary visits by technicians. Contact information for your nearest customer service can be found on the back of these...
36
Rely on the competence of the manufa cturer. Contact us. You can therefore be sure that the repair is carried out by trained service technicians who carry original spare parts for your domestic appliances.
36
5 Installation and connection
36
Installation and connection
36
The dishwasher must be connected correctly, otherwise it will not function properly. The specifications for the inlet and outlet as well as the electrical connected loads must correspond with the required criteria as specified in the following paragr...
36
Install the appliance in the correct sequence:
36
1. Checking appliance on delivery
36
2. Installing the appliance
36
3. Waste water connection
36
4. Drinking water connection
36
5. Electrical connection
36
Product package
36
If you have any complaints, contact the dealer where you purchased the appliance or our customer service.
36
* depending on model
36
Safety instructions
36
Please follow the safety instructions under “Installation”.
36
Delivery
37
Your dishwasher has been checked thoroughly in the factory to ensure that it is in working order. This may cause small water stains. These will disappear after the first wash cycle.
37
Technical specifications
37
Weight:
37
max. 60 kg
37
Voltage:
37
220–240 V, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
37
Connected load:
37
2.0–2.4 kW
37
Fuse:
37
10/16 A (UK 13A)
37
Power input:
37
switched off 0.10 W
37
not switched off 0.10 W
37
Water pressure:
37
at least 0.05 MPa (0.5 bar), maximum 1 MPa (10 bar). At a higher water pressure: connect pressure-reducing valve ahead.
37
Inlet rate:
37
minimum 10 litres/minute
37
Water temperature:
37
cold water; hot water max. temperature 60 °C.
37
Capacity:
37
12–15 place settings (depending on model).
37
Installation
37
The required installation dimensions can be found in the installation instructions. Level the appliance with the aid of the height-adjustable feet. Ensure that the appliance is situated securely on the floor.
37
Waste-water connection
37
1. The required work sequence can be found in the installation instructions. If required, fit a siphon with an drainage connection.
37
2. Connect the waste-water hose to the drainage connection of the siphon with the enclosed parts.
37
Drinking water connection
38
1. Fasten the drinking water connection to the tap according to the installation instructions using the enclosed parts.
38
2. When replacing the appliance, always use a new water supply hose.
38
Water pressure:
38
At least 0.05 MPa (0.5 bar), maximum 1 MPa (10 bar). At a higher water pressure: connect pressure-reducing valve ahead.
38
Inlet rate:
38
Minimum 10 litres/minute
38
Water temperature:
38
Cold water; hot water max. temperature 60 °C.
38
Warm water connection *Warm water connection
38
* depending on model
38
The dishwasher can be connected to cold or hot water up to max. 60 °C.
38
Connection to hot water is recommended if the hot water can be supplied by energetically favourable means and from a suitable installation, e.g. solar heating system with circulation line.
38
This will save energy and time.
38
The hot water setting ‘:‹‚ allows you to adjust your appliance optimally to operation with hot water.
38
It is recommended to have a water temperature (temperature of the incoming water) of at least 40 °C and no more than 60 °C.
38
It is not recommended to connect the appliance to hot water if the water is supplied from an electric boiler.
38
Setting hot water:
38
1. Close the door.
38
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
38
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
38
4. Release both buttons.
38
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ‘:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*.
38
To change the setting:
38
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the hot water setting off ‘:‹‹ or on ‘:‹‚.
38
2. Press START button h.
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
Also observe the sequence of worksteps here.
39
1. Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
39
2. Turn off the water supply.
39
3. Undo the waste water and drinking water connection.
39
4. Loosen fastening screws for the furniture parts.
39
5. If fitted, remove the base panel.
39
6. Pull out the appliance, carefully pulling the hose behind.
39
Transportation
40
Empty the dishwasher and secure loose parts.
40
Drain the appliance according to the following steps:
40
1. Turn on the tap.
40
2. Close the door.
40
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
40
4. Select programme with the highest temperature.
40
5. Press START button h.
40
6. After approx. 4 minutes press the START button h until ‹:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display.
40
7. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
40
8. Turn off the tap, disconnect supply hose and drain water.
40
Transport appliance upright only.
40
(This prevents residual water from running into the machine control and damaging the programme sequence.)
40
Protection against frostProtection against frost (Emptying the appliance)
40
If the appliance is in a room where there is a risk of frost (e.g. holiday home), empty the appliance completely (see Transportation).
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.05 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
9
Special salt
10
Setting
10
Water hardness table
10
Using special salt
11
Detergents with salt component
11
system
11
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
12
indicator
13
Utensils
13
Not suitable
13
Glass and utensil damage
13
Loading the dishwasher
14
Unloading the dishwasher
14
Cups and glasses
14
Cutlery basket
15
Etagere
15
Folding spikes
16
Small accessories holder
16
Knife shelf
16
basket
16
Detergent
17
Adding detergent
18
Combination detergent
19
Overview of programmes
20
Programme selection
21
Information for test institutes
21
Additional options
21
(VarioSpeed)
21
Half load
21
Hygiene
21
Intensive zone
21
Extra drying
21
Operating the appliance
22
Programme data
22
Aqua sensor
22
Switching on the appliance
22
Remaining running time display
22
Timer programming
23
End of programme
23
the end of the programme
23
Switching off the appliance
24
Interrupting the programme
24
Terminating the programme
24
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
Cleaning and maintenance
25
Overall condition of the machine
25
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
26
Spray arms
26
Fault, what to do?
27
Waste water pump
27
Fault table
28
Customer service
36
Installation and connection
36
Product package
36
Safety instructions
36
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
37
Waste-water connection
37
Drinking water connection
38
Warm water connection
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
Transportation
40
(Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.49 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
40
Language
English
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.71 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
6.52 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
60
Language
English
Table of contents
Dishwasher
1
en
2
Table of contents
2
Safety
4
General information
4
Intended use
4
Restriction on user group
4
Safe installation
5
Safe use
6
Damaged appliance
8
Risk to children
9
Safety systems
10
Preventing material damage
11
Safe installation
11
Safe use
11
Childproof lock
12
Door lock
12
Activating the door lock
12
Deactivating the door lock
12
Environmental protection and saving energy
13
Disposing of packaging
13
Saving energy
13
AquaSensor
13
Installation and connection
13
Scope of supply
13
Installing and connecting the appliance
14
Drainage connection
14
Installing the drainage connection
14
Drinking water connection
14
Installing the drinking water connection
14
Electrical connection
15
Connecting the appliance to the electricity supply
15
Familiarising yourself with your appliance
16
Appliance
16
Controls
17
Programmes
19
Information for test institutes
20
Additional functions
21
Features
21
Top basket
22
Adjusting top basket with side levers
22
Adjusting top basket with pairs of rollers
22
Bottom basket
23
Cutlery basket
23
Cutlery drawer
23
Reorganising cutlery drawer
24
Etagere
24
Adjusting etagere
24
Folding prongs
25
Folding down prongs
25
Small items holder
25
Knife shelf
26
Baking sheet spray head
26
Inserting baking sheet spray head
26
Removing baking sheet spray head
26
Basket heights
26
Before using for the first time
27
Performing initial start-up
27
Water softening system
28
Overview of water hardness settings
28
Setting water softening system
28
Special salt
28
Adding special salt
28
Switching off water softening system
29
Regeneration of the water softening system
29
Overview of consumption values with regeneration the water softening system
30
Rinse aid system
30
Rinse aid
30
Adding rinse aid
30
Setting the amount of rinse aid
31
Switching rinse aid system off
31
Detergent
31
Suitable detergents
31
Separate detergents
32
Combined detergent
32
Unsuitable detergents
32
Information on detergents
32
Adding detergent
33
Tableware
33
Damage to glass and tableware
34
Arrange tableware
34
Removing tableware
35
Basic operation
35
Opening appliance door
35
Switching on the appliance
36
Setting a programme
36
Setting additional functions
36
Setting timer programming
36
Starting the programme
36
Interrupting programme
37
Terminate programme
37
Switching off appliance
37
Basic settings
38
Overview of basic settings
38
Changing basic settings
38
Cleaning and servicing
39
Cleaning the tub
39
Self-cleaning interior
39
Cleaning products
39
Tips on appliance care
39
Filter system
39
Cleaning filters
40
Cleaning spray arms
40
Troubleshooting
42
Appliance safety
42
Appliance safety
42
Error code / Fault display / Signal
42
Error code / Fault display / Signal
42
Washing results
44
Washing results
44
Information on display panel
50
Information on display panel
50
Malfunctions
51
Malfunctions
51
Mechanical damage
52
Mechanical damage
52
Noise
52
Noise
52
Clean wastewater pump
53
Transportation, storage and disposal
53
Removing the appliance
53
Protect appliance from frost
53
Transporting the appliance
54
Disposing of old appliance
54
Customer Service
54
Product number (E-Nr.) and production number (FD)
55
AQUA-STOP guarantee
55
Technical specifications
55
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
1.67 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
10
Special salt
10
Setting
11
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
13
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
indicator
14
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
15
Unloading the dishwasher
15
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery basket
16
Etagere
16
Folding spikes
17
Small accessories holder
17
Knife shelf
17
Adjusting the height of the basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
19
Combination detergent
20
Overview of programmes
21
Programme selection
22
Information for test institutes
22
Additional options
22
(VarioSpeed)
22
Intensive zone
22
Hygiene
22
Half load
22
Extra drying
22
Operating the appliance
23
Programme data
23
Aqua sensor
23
Switching on the appliance
23
Timer programming
23
End of programme
24
Interrupting the programme
24
Terminating the programme
24
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
Cleaning and maintenance
25
Overall condition of the machine
25
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
26
Spray arms
26
Fault, what to do?
27
Waste water pump
27
Fault table
28
Customer service
36
connection
36
Product package
37
Safety instructions
37
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
38
Waste-water connection
38
Drinking water connection
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
Transportation
40
(Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.30 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
5
Safety instructions
5
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
6
In daily use
7
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
8
Disposal
8
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
10
Eco drying
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
system/Special salt
11
Setting
11
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
water softening system
12
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
rinse aid refill indicator
13
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
14
Unloading the dishwasher
14
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery drawer
16
Folding spikes
16
Small accessories holder
16
height of the basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
18
Combination detergent
19
Overview of programmes
20
Programme selection
21
Information for test institutes
21
Additional options
21
(VarioSpeedPlus)
21
Half load
21
HygienePlus
21
Intensive zone
21
Extra drying
21
Operating the appliance
22
Programme data
22
Aqua sensor
22
Eco drying
22
Switching on the appliance
23
Programme sequence indicator
23
Remaining running time display
23
Timer programming
23
End of programme
23
interior light
24
Switching off the appliance
25
Interrupting the programme
25
Terminating the programme
25
Changing the programme
25
Intensive drying
26
maintenance
26
machine
26
Special salt and rinse aid
27
Filters
27
Spray arms
28
Fault, what to do?
28
Waste water pump
29
Fault table
30
Customer service
39
connection
39
Product package
39
Safety instructions
39
Delivery
40
Technical specifications
40
Installation
40
Waste-water connection
40
Drinking water connection
41
Warm water connection
41
Electrical connection
41
Removing the appliance
42
Transportation
42
(Emptying the appliance)
42
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.54 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
2
( Safety instructions
2
Safety instructions
2
This appliance may be used by children over the age of 8 years old and by persons with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities or by persons with a lack of experience or knowledge if they are supervised or are instructed by a person responsi...
2
Children must not play with, on, or around the appliance. Children must not clean the appliance or carry out general maintenance unless they are at least 8 years old and are being supervised.
2
Keep children below the age of 8 years old at a safe distance from the appliance and power cable.
3
Before you switch ON the appliance
3
Please read the instructions for use and installation carefully. They contain important information on how to install, use and maintain the appliance.
3
Retain all documents for later use or for the subsequent owner.
3
You can download the instructions for use from our website free of charge. The relevant Internet address can be found overleaf on these instructions for use.
3
Delivery
3
1. Check the packaging and dishwasher immediately for damage caused in transit. Do not switch on a damaged appliance, but contact your supplier.
3
2. Please dispose of the packaging material in an environmentally friendly manner.
3
3. Do not let children play with packaging and its parts. There is a risk of suffocation from collapsible boxes and film.
3
Installation
3
In daily use
4
Read and observe the safety information and instructions for use on the packaging for cleaning and rinsing agents.
4
Childproof lock (door lock)Door lock *
5
The description of the childproof lock is at the back in the envelope.
5
* depending on model
5
Childproof lock (button lock)Button lock
5
You can secure your appliance from being unintentionally the programme terminated (e.g. improper operation by children).
5
Activating the button lock:
5
1. Start the required programme.
5
2. Hold down the button + for approx. 4 sec. until this ’– is indicated on the digital display.
5
If any button is pressed while the programme is running, this ’– is indicated on the digital display. It is not possible to end (Reset) the programme.
5
Deactivating the button lock:
5
When the programme ends (‹:‹‹ on the digital display), the button lock is cancelled. If there is a power failure, the button lock is retained. Whenever a programme is restarted, the button lock must be reactivated.
5
Damage
5
Disposal
5
1. Make redundant appliances unusable to prevent subsequent accidents.
5
2. Dispose of the appliance in a n environmentally friendly manner.
5
m Warning
5
Risk of injury!
5
m Warning
6
Risk of explosion!
6
m Warning
6
Risk of scalding!
6
m Warning
6
Risks to children!
6
7 Protection of the environment
7
Protection of the environment
7
Both the packaging of new appliances and the old appliances themselves contain valuable raw materials and recyclable materials.
7
Please dispose of the individual parts separated according to type.
7
Please ask your dealer or inquire at your local authority about current means of disposal.
7
Packaging
7
All plastic parts of the appliance are identified with internationally standardised abbreviations (e.g. >PS< polystyrene). Therefore, plastic waste can be sorted out when the appliance is being disposed of.
7
Please follow the safety instructions under “Delivery”.
7
Old appliances
7
Please follow the safety instructions under “Disposal of your appliance”.
7
This appliance is labelled in accordance with European Directive 2012/19/EU concerning used electrical and electronic appliances (waste electrical and electronic equipment - WEEE). The guideline determines the framework for the return and recycling o...
7
* Getting to know your appliance
7
Getting to know your appliance
7
Diagrams of the control panel and the interior of the appliance can be found in the envelope at the front.
7
Individual positions are referred to in the text.
7
Control panel
7
ON/OFF switch
7
Programme buttons **
7
Display “Check water supply”
7
Salt refill indicator
7
Rinse aid refill indicator
7
Door opener
7
Timer programming *
7
Additional options **
7
START button
7
Programme sequence indicator
7
Digital display
7
* depending on model
7
** Number depending on model
7
Appliance interior
8
Interior light *
8
Cutlery drawer
8
Top basket
8
Top spray arm
8
Tablet collecting tray
8
Bottom spray arm
8
Dispenser for special salt
8
Filters
8
Bottom basket
8
Dispenser for rinse aid
8
Detergent dispenser
8
Lock for detergent dispenser
8
Rating plate
8
* depending on model
8
Overview of menu
8
The settings can be found in the individual chapters.
8
Water Hardness •:‹‹ - •:‹ˆ
8
Intensive drying š:‹‹ - š:‹‚
8
Rinse aid §:‹‹ - §:‹‡
8
Hot water ‘:‹‹ - ‘:‹‚*
8
Automatic disconnection ˜:‹‹ - ˜:‹ƒ
8
* depending on model
8
+ Water softening system/Special salt
8
Water softening system/Special salt
8
To ensure good washing results, the dishwasher requires soft water, i.e. containing low amounts of lime, otherwise white limescale will be deposited on the utensils and inner container.
8
Tap water above 1.2 mmol/l must be softened. The water is softened with special salt (regeneration salt) in the water softening system of the dishwasher.
8
The setting and therefore the required amount of salt depends on the degree of hardness of your tap water (see table).
8
Setting
8
The amount of salt dispensed can be set from •:‹‹ to •:‹ˆ.
8
Salt is not required at the set value •:‹‹.
8
1. Find out about the hardness value of your tap water. Your water utility company will help you with this.
8
2. Set value can be found in the water hardness table.
8
3. Close the door.
8
4. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
8
5. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
8
6. Release both buttons.
8
To change the setting:
9
1. Press programme button 3.
9
2. Press START button h.
9
Water hardness table
9
Using special salt
9
Always refill with special salt immediately before switching on the appliance. This ensures that overrun special salt solution is immediately washed out and does not corrode the rinsing tank.
9
1. Open the screw-type cap of the compartment 1R.
9
2. Fill the tank with water (only required when switching on the appliance for the first time).
9
3. Then add dishwasher salt (not table salt or tablets).
9
As soon as the salt refill indicator @ on the fascia is lit, top up the salt.
9
* depending on model
9
Using detergents with salt componentDetergents with salt component
9
If combined detergents with a salt component are used, salt can usually be omitted up to a water hardness of 21° dH (37° fH, 26° Clarke, 3.7 mmol/ l). If the water hardness is over 21° dH, special salt must be used.
9
Switching off salt refill indicator/water softening systemSwitching off water softening system
10
If the salt refill indicator @ is impaired (e.g. when using combined detergents containing salt component), it can be switched off.
10
m Caution
10
, Rinse aid
10
Rinse aid
10
As soon as the rinse-aid refill indicator H is lit on the fascia, there is still a rinse-aid reserve of 1-2 rinsing processes. Refill with rinse aid.
10
The rinse aid is required for stain-free utensils and clear glasses. Use only rinse aid for domestic dishwashers.
10
Combined detergents with rinse-aid component may be used up to a water hardness of 21° dH (37° fH, 26° Clarke, 3.7 mmol/l) only. If the water hardness is over 21° dH, rinse aid must be used.
10
1. Open the dispenser 1j by pressing and lifting the plate on the cover.
10
2. Carefully pour rinse aid up to the max. mark in the filler opening.
10
3. Close cover until it clicks shut.
10
4. To prevent excessive foam formation during the next rinse cycle, remove any rinse aid which has run over with a cloth.
10
Setting amount of rinse aid
10
The amount of rinse aid can be set from §:‹‹ to §:‹‡. Please set rinse aid on §:‹† to obtain very good drying results (§:‹† is already set in factory).
10
Change this setting, only if streaks (select lower setting) or water stains (select higher setting) are left on the utensils.
10
1. Close the door.
11
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
11
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
11
4. Release both buttons.
11
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value §:‹† is indicated on the digital display )*.
11
To change the setting:
11
1. Press programme button 3.
11
2. Press START button h.
11
Switching off rinse aid refill indicator
11
If the rinse-aid refill indicator H is impaired (e.g. when using combined detergents containing rinse aid component), it can be switched off.
11
The rinse aid refill indicator H is now switched off.
11
- Utensils
11
Utensils
11
Not suitable
11
Aluminium and silver parts have a tendency to discolour and fade during the wash cycle. Even some types of glass (e.g. crystal glass objects) may turn cloudy after many wash cycles.
11
Glass and utensil damage
11
Causes:
11
Recommendation:
11
Loading the dishwasher
12
1. Remove large food remnants. It is not necessary to prerinse utensils under running water.
12
2. Place the utensils so that
12
Very small utensils should not be washed in the machine, as they may fall out of the baskets.
12
Unloading the dishwasher
12
To prevent water from dripping off the upper basket onto the utensils in the lower basket, it is recommended to empty the appliance from the bottom up.
12
Hot utensils are sensitive to shock! Therefore, when the programme ends, leave the utensils to cool down in the dishwasher until they can be handled.
12
Note
12
Cups and glasses
12
Top basket 12
12
Note
12
Pans
13
Bottom basket 1b
13
Tip
13
Tip
13
Cutlery drawer
13
Arrange the cutlery in the cutlery drawer 1* as illustrated. Separately arranged utensils are easier to remove after washing.
13
The drawer can be taken out.
13
Depending on the model, you can fold down the side shelves to provide more room for taller items of cutlery. The front rows of prongs can be folded down to provide room for wider handles.
13
Folding spikesFolding spikes *
14
* depending on model
14
The spikes can be folded down to improve arrangement of pans, bowls and glasses.
14
Small accessories holder *Small accessories holder
14
* depending on model
14
Light-weight plastic accessories, e.g. cups, lids, etc. can be held securely in the small accessories holder.
14
Adjusting the height of the basket
14
The height of the upper utensils basket 12 can be adjusted in 3 stages to create more space either in the upper or lower basket.
14
Appliance height 81.5 cm
14
16 cm
14
30 cm
14
18.5 cm
14
27.5 cm
14
21 cm
14
25 cm
14
Appliance height 86.5 cm
14
18 cm
14
33 cm
14
20.5 cm
14
30.5 cm
14
23 cm
14
28 cm
14
1. Pull out the top basket 12 out.
14
2. To lower the basket, press in the left and then the right lever on the outside of the basket. In doing so, hold the sides of the basket along the upper edge to prevent it from suddenly dropping.
14
3. To raise the basket, hold the basket on the sides of the upper edge and lift it up.
15
4. Before re-inserting the basket again, ensure that it is at the same height on both sides. Otherwise, the appliance door cannot be closed and the upper spray arm will not be connected to the water circuit.
15
. Detergent
15
Detergent
15
You can use tablets as well as powder or liquid detergents for dishwashers, but never use washing up liquid. The dosage can be individually adjusted with powder or a liquid detergent according to the degree of soiling. Tablets contain an adequately l...
15
Note
15
m Warning
15
Adding detergent
15
1. If the detergent dispenser 9" is still closed, press the lock 9* to open the detergent dispenser.
15
2. Close the cover on the detergent dispenser by sliding it up until the lock engages without difficulty.
15
Tip
16
Combination detergent
16
Apart from conventional detergents (Solo), a number of products are offered with additional functions. These products contain not only the detergent but also rinse-aid and salt replacement substances (3in1) and, depending on the combination (4in1, 5i...
16
As soon as combined detergents are used, the rinse programme is adjusted automatically to ensure the best possible rinsing and drying result.
16
m Warning
16
m Warning
16
Notes
16
Overview of programmes
17
The max. possible number of programmes is illustrated in this overview. The corresponding programmes and their arrangement can be found on the fascia.
17
Type of utensils
17
Type of soiling
17
Programme
17
Possible additional options
17
Programme sequence
17
Programme selection
17
You can select a suitable programme according to the type of utensils and degree of soiling.
17
Information for test institutes
18
Test institutes receive the information for comparability tests (e.g. according to EN60436).
18
These are the conditions for conducting the tests, however these are not the results or consumption values.
18
Request by e-mail to:
18
[email protected]
18
The product number (E no.) and the production number (FD) are required which you can find on the rating plate 92 on the appliance door.
18
TurboSpeed 20 min.TurboSpeed 20 min. - especially quick rinsing programme with one-off preheating*
18
* depending on model
18
The appliance is heated up once (approx. 25 min.), then the appliance is loaded and several quick rinse cycles (20 min. each) can run in succession.
18
Note
18
Please read the operation carefully, the programme differs from the other programmes.
18
1. Close the door.
18
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
18
3. Select programme TurboSpeed 20 min.
18
4. Press START button h.
18
5. As soon as p (p = Load) flashes, open and load the appliance and start the rinsing phase by pressing the START button h.
18
6. As soon as ‹:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*, the rinse cycle has ended.
18
7. Remove utensils.
18
8. If more rinse cycles are required, reload dishwasher and press the START button.
18
9. If no more rinse cycles are required, switch off ON/OFF switch (.
18
0 Additional options
19
Additional options
19
* depending on model
19
Additional options can be set with the buttons `.
19
Å Express WashPlus/ Speed PerfectPlus (VarioSpeedPlus) *Express WashPlus/SpeedPerfectPlus (VarioSpeedPlus)
19
This function can reduce the running time by approx. 20% to 66% depending on the selected rinse programme. To obtain optimum cleaning and drying results at a reduced running time, water and energy consumption are increased.
19
Half load§ Half load *
19
If you have only a few items to wash (e.g. glasses, cups, plates), you can switch to “half load”. This will save water, energy and time. It is recommended to put a little less detergent in the detergent dispenser than for a full load.
19
µ HygienePlus *HygienePlus
19
This function increases the temperatures and retains them for an extra long time to obtain a defined disinfection performance. Continuous use of this function increases the hygiene status. This additional option is ideal for cleaning e.g. chopping bo...
19
Ï Intensive zone *Intensive zone
19
Perfect for a mixed load. You can wash very soiled pots and pans in the lower basket together with normally soiled utensils in the upper basket. The spray pressure in the lower basket is intensified, the rinsing temperature is increased slightly.
19
¿ Extra drying *Extra drying
19
An increased temperature during the final rinse and an extended drying phase ensure that even plastic parts dry better. There is a slight increase in the energy consumption.
19
1 Operating the appliance
20
Operating the appliance
20
Programme data
20
The programme data (consumption values) can be found in the summary of instructions. They refer to normal conditions and the water hardness set value •:‹…. Different influencing factors such as e.g. water temperature or line pressure may result...
20
Aqua sensorAqua sensor *
20
* depending on model
20
The Aqua sensor is an optical measuring device (light barrier) which measures the turbidity of the rinsing water.
20
The Aqua sensor is used according to the programme. If the Aqua sensor is active, “clean” rinsing water can be transferred to the next rinse bath and water consumption can be reduced by 3–6 litres. If the turbidity is greater, the water is drai...
20
Switching on the appliance
20
1. Turn on the tap fully.
20
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
20
3. Press the START button h.
20
Note
20
Programme TurboSpeed 20 min.:
20
When the START button h is pressed the first time, the heating up phase (approx. 25 min., irrespective of the initial situation) of the appliance starts. After the appliance has been opened, loaded and closed, the rinsing phase (20 min.) starts when ...
20
Programme sequence indicatorProgramme sequence indicator )"
20
Your dishes are being cleaned.
20
Your dishes are being rinsed.
20
Your dishes are being dried.
20
Remaining running time display
21
When the programme is selected, the remaining running time of the programme is indicated on the digital display )*.
21
The running time is determined during the programme by the water temperature, the number of utensils as well as the degree of soiling and may vary (depending on the selected programme).
21
Programme TurboSpeed 20 min.:
21
During the heating up phase • and the remaining running time are indicated alternately on the digital display; at the end p flashes, indicating that the appliance can be opened and loaded. When the appliance has been restarted, the remaining runnin...
21
Timer programmingTimer programming *
21
* depending on model
21
You can delay the start of the programme in 1-hour steps up to 24 hours.
21
1. Close the door.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Press button X + until the digital display )* jumps to œ:‹‚.
21
4. Press X + or – button until the displayed time corresponds with your requirements.
21
5. Press START button h, timer programming is activated.
21
6. To delete timer programming, press the X + or – button until )* œ:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display.
21
End of programme
21
The programme has ended when the value ‹:‹‹ is indicated on the numerical display )*.
21
The following applies to TurboSpeed 20 min.:
21
As soon as ‹:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*, the rinse cycle has ended. When the appliance door has been opened, p is indicated on the digital display. If no further rinse cycle is required, switch off the appliance with the ON/OFF s...
21
Automatic switch off after end of programme or interior light*Automatic switch off / interior light
21
* depending on model
21
To save energy, the dishwasher can be automatically switched off 1 min or 120 min after the programme ends.
21
The setting can be selected from ˜:‹‹ to ˜:‹ƒ.
21
Appliance does not switch off automatically.
21
The interior light 1" comes on when the door is opened irrespective of whether the ON/OFF switch ( is switched on or off. When the door is closed the light is off. If the door is open for longer than 60 min., the light switches off automatically. The...
21
Appliance switches off after 1 min.
21
Appliance switches off after 120 min.
21
1. Close the door.
22
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
22
4. Release both buttons.
22
5. Keep pressing programme button # until the value ˜:‹... is indicated on the numerical display )*.
22
To change the setting:
22
1. Press programme button 3.
22
2. Press START button h.
22
Switching off the appliance
22
Short time after the end of the programme:
22
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
22
2. Turn off the tap (not applicable if Aqua-Stop fitted).
22
3. Remove the utensils when they have cooled down.
22
Note
22
In the case of the TurboSpeed 20 min. programme switch off if no further rinse cycle is to follow.
22
Interrupting the programme
22
1. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
22
2. To continue the programme, switch on the ON/OFF switch ( again.
22
Terminating the programmeTerminating the programme (Reset)
22
1. Press START button h for approx. 3 sec.
22
2. The programme sequence lasts approx. 1 min. On the digital display )* is indicated ‹:‹‹.
22
3. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
22
Changing the programme
22
When the START button h has been pressed, the programme cannot be changed.
22
The only way a programme can be changed is by Cancel programme (Reset).
22
Intensive drying
23
The final rinse uses a higher temperature which improves the drying result. The running time may increase slightly. (Caution if utensils are delicate!)
23
1. Close the door.
23
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
23
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until the digital display )* •:‹... is indicated.
23
4. Release both buttons.
23
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value š:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*.
23
To change the setting,
23
1. Press the button 3 to switch the Intensive drying on š:‹‚ or off š:‹‹.
23
2. Press START button h.
23
2 Cleaning and maintenance
23
Cleaning and maintenance
23
A regular inspection and maintenance of your machine will help to prevent faults. This saves time and prevents problems.
23
Overall condition of the machine
23
If you find such deposits:
23
Clean the appliance with detergents/ appliance cleaners which are particularly suitable for use with dishwashers.
23
Never use a steam cleaner to clean your dishwasher. The manufacturer is not liable for any consequential damage.
23
Regularly wipe the front of the appliance and fascia with a damp cloth; water and a little washing up liquid are adequate. Do not use sponges with a rough surface or abrasive detergents, as these could scratch the surfaces.
23
Stainless steel appliances: To prevent corrosion, avoid using sponge cloths or wash them out thoroughly several times before using for the first time.
23
m Warning
23
Health hazard
23
Special salt and rinse aid
23
Filters
24
The filters 1Z keep large foreign objects in the rinsing water away from the pump. These foreign objects may occasionally block the filters.
24
The filter system consists of a coarse filter, a flat fine filter and a microfilter.
24
1. After each washing cycle check the filters for residue.
24
2. Unscrew filter cylinder as illustrated and take out filter system.
24
3. Remove any residue and clean filters under running water.
24
4. Re-install filter system in reverse sequence and ensure that the arrow marks are opposite each other after closing the filter system.
24
Spray arms
24
Limescale and contaminants in the rinsing water may block nozzles and bearings on the spray arms 1: and 1J.
24
1. Check outlet nozzles on the spray arms for blockages.
24
2. Unscrew the upper spray arm 1:.
24
3. Remove the lower spray arm 1J upwards.
24
4. Clean spray arms under running water.
24
5. Re-engage or screw on spray arms.
24
3 Fault, what to do?
25
Fault, what to do?
25
Experience has shown that you can rectify most faults which occur in daily operation yourself. This ensures that the machine is quickly available to you again. In the following overview you can find possible causes of malfunctions and helpful informa...
25
Note
25
m Warning
25
Waste water pump
25
Large food remnants or foreign objects which were not captured by the filters may block the waste water pump. The rinsing water will then be above the filter.
25
m Warning
25
Risk of cuts!
25
In this case:
25
1. First always disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
25
2. Take out top basket 12 and bottom basket 1b.
25
3. Remove the filters 1Z.
25
4. Scoop out water, use a sponge if required.
25
5. Prise out the white pump cover (as illustrated) using a spoon. Grip the cover on the crosspiece and lift diagonally inwards. Remove cover completely.
25
6. Check impeller wheel and remove any foreign objects.
25
7. Place cover in the original position and press down until it engages (click).
25
8. Install filters.
25
9. Re-insert baskets.
25
Fault table
26
Fault
26
Cause
26
Remedial action
26
4 Customer service
34
Customer service
34
If you are unable to rectify the fault, please contact your customer service. We always find a suitable solution, even to avoid unnecessary visits by technicians. Contact information for your nearest customer service can be found on the back of these...
34
Rely on the competence of the manufa cturer. Contact us. You can therefore be sure that the repair is carried out by trained service technicians who carry original spare parts for your domestic appliances.
34
* depending on model
34
5 Installation and connection
34
Installation and connection
34
The dishwasher must be connected correctly, otherwise it will not function properly. The specifications for the inlet and outlet as well as the electrical connected loads must correspond with the required criteria as specified in the following paragr...
34
Install the appliance in the correct sequence:
34
1. Checking appliance on delivery
34
2. Installing the appliance
34
3. Waste water connection
34
4. Drinking water connection
34
5. Electrical connection
34
Product package
34
If you have any complaints, contact the dealer where you purchased the appliance or our customer service.
34
* depending on model
34
Safety instructions
34
Please follow the safety instructions under “Installation”.
34
Delivery
35
Your dishwasher has been checked thoroughly in the factory to ensure that it is in working order. This may cause small water stains. These will disappear after the first wash cycle.
35
Technical specifications
35
Weight:
35
max. 60 kg
35
Voltage:
35
220–240 V, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
35
Connected load:
35
2.0–2.4 kW
35
Fuse:
35
10/16 A (UK 13A)
35
Power input:
35
off mode (Po)* 0.10 W
35
left on mode (Pl)* 0.10 W
35
*according to regulations (EU) nos. 1016/2010 and 1059/2010
35
Additional functions and settings may increase the power input.
35
Water pressure:
35
at least 0.05 MPa (0.5 bar), maximum 1 MPa (10 bar). At a higher water pressure: connect pressure-reducing valve ahead.
35
Inlet rate:
35
minimum 10 litres/minute
35
Water temperature:
35
cold water; hot water max. temperature 60 °C.
35
Capacity:
35
12–15 place settings (depending on model).
35
Installation
35
The required installation dimensions can be found in the installation instructions. Level the appliance with the aid of the height-adjustable feet. Ensure that the appliance is situated securely on the floor.
35
Waste-water connection
35
1. The required work sequence can be found in the installation instructions. If required, fit a siphon with an drainage connection.
35
2. Connect the waste-water hose to the drainage connection of the siphon with the enclosed parts.
35
Drinking water connection
36
1. Fasten the drinking water connection to the tap according to the installation instructions using the enclosed parts.
36
2. When replacing the appliance, always use a new water supply hose.
36
Water pressure:
36
At least 0.05 MPa (0.5 bar), maximum 1 MPa (10 bar). At a higher water pressure: connect pressure-reducing valve ahead.
36
Inlet rate:
36
Minimum 10 litres/minute
36
Water temperature:
36
Cold water; hot water max. temperature 60 °C.
36
Warm water connection *Warm water connection
36
* depending on model
36
The dishwasher can be connected to cold or hot water up to max. 60 °C.
36
Connection to hot water is recommended if the hot water can be supplied by energetically favourable means and from a suitable installation, e.g. solar heating system with circulation line.
36
This will save energy and time.
36
The hot water setting ‘:‹‚ allows you to adjust your appliance optimally to operation with hot water.
36
It is recommended to have a water temperature (temperature of the incoming water) of at least 40 °C and no more than 60 °C.
36
It is not recommended to connect the appliance to hot water if the water is supplied from an electric boiler.
36
Setting hot water:
36
1. Close the door.
36
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
36
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button h until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
36
4. Release both buttons.
36
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ‘:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display )*.
36
To change the setting:
36
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the hot water setting off ‘:‹‹ or on ‘:‹‚.
36
2. Press START button h.
36
Electrical connection
37
Removing the appliance
37
Also observe the sequence of worksteps here.
37
1. Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
37
2. Turn off the water supply.
37
3. Undo the waste water and drinking water connection.
37
4. Loosen fastening screws for the furniture parts.
37
5. If fitted, remove the base panel.
37
6. Pull out the appliance, carefully pulling the hose behind.
37
Transportation
38
Empty the dishwasher and secure loose parts.
38
Drain the appliance according to the following steps:
38
1. Turn on the tap.
38
2. Close the door.
38
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
38
4. Select programme with the highest temperature.
38
5. Press START button h.
38
6. After approx. 4 minutes press the START button h until ‹:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display.
38
7. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
38
8. Turn off the tap, disconnect supply hose and drain water.
38
Transport appliance upright only.
38
(This prevents residual water from running into the machine control and damaging the programme sequence.)
38
Protection against frostProtection against frost (Emptying the appliance)
38
If the appliance is in a room where there is a risk of frost (e.g. holiday home), empty the appliance completely (see Transportation).
38
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.29 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
Special salt
10
Setting
10
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
11
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
indicator
13
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
14
Unloading the dishwasher
14
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery drawer
16
Folding spikes
16
Small accessories holder
16
basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
18
Combination detergent
19
Overview of programmes
20
Programme selection
21
Information for test institutes
21
Additional options
21
(VarioSpeedPlus)
21
Half load
21
HygienePlus
22
Intensive zone
22
Extra drying
22
Operating the appliance
22
Programme data
22
Aqua sensor
22
Switching on the appliance
23
Programme sequence indicator
23
Remaining running time display
23
Timer programming
23
End of programme
24
interior light
24
Switching off the appliance
24
Interrupting the programme
25
Terminating the programme
25
Changing the programme
25
Intensive drying
25
Cleaning and maintenance
26
Overall condition of the machine
26
Special salt and rinse aid
26
Filters
27
Spray arms
27
Fault, what to do?
28
Waste water pump
28
Fault table
29
Customer service
37
connection
37
Product package
38
Safety instructions
38
Delivery
38
Technical specifications
38
Installation
39
Waste-water connection
39
Drinking water connection
39
Warm water connection
40
Electrical connection
41
Removing the appliance
41
Transportation
42
(Emptying the appliance)
42
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
1.67 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
10
Special salt
10
Setting
11
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
13
Setting amount of rinse aid
14
indicator
14
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
15
Unloading the dishwasher
15
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery basket
16
Etagere
16
Folding spikes
17
Small accessories holder
17
Knife shelf
17
basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
19
Combination detergent
20
Overview of programmes
21
Programme selection
22
Information for test institutes
22
Additional options
22
(VarioSpeed)
22
Intensive zone
22
Hygiene
22
Half load
22
Extra drying
22
Operating the appliance
23
Programme data
23
Aqua sensor
23
Switching on the appliance
23
Timer programming
24
End of programme
24
Interrupting the programme
24
Terminating the programme
24
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
Cleaning and maintenance
25
Overall condition of the machine
25
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
26
Spray arms
26
Fault, what to do?
27
Waste water pump
27
Fault table
28
Customer service
36
Installation and connection
36
Product package
37
Safety instructions
37
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
38
Waste-water connection
38
Drinking water connection
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
Transportation
40
(Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.51 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
46
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
5
Safety instructions
5
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
6
In daily use
7
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
8
Disposal
8
environment
10
Packaging
10
Old appliances
10
appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
11
Overview of menu
11
system/Special salt
11
Setting
11
Water hardness table
12
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
water softening system
13
Rinse aid
13
Setting amount of rinse aid
14
rinse aid refill indicator
14
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
15
Unloading the dishwasher
15
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery basket
16
Cutlery drawer
16
Folding spikes
17
Small accessories holder
17
height of the basket
18
Detergent
19
Adding detergent
19
Combination detergent
20
Overview of programmes
21
Programme selection
22
Information for test institutes
22
TurboSpeed 20 min
22
Additional options
23
(VarioSpeedPlus)
23
Half load
23
HygienePlus
24
Intensive zone
24
Extra drying
24
Operating the appliance
24
Programme data
24
Aqua sensor
24
Switching on the appliance
25
Programme sequence indicator
25
Remaining running time display
25
Timer programming
26
End of programme
26
interior light
26
Switching off the appliance
27
Interrupting the programme
27
Terminating the programme
28
Changing the programme
28
Intensive drying
28
maintenance
29
machine
29
Special salt and rinse aid
29
Filters
30
Spray arms
30
Fault, what to do?
31
Waste water pump
31
Fault table
32
Customer service
40
connection
40
Product package
40
Safety instructions
40
Delivery
41
Technical specifications
41
Installation
41
Waste-water connection
41
Drinking water connection
42
Warm water connection
42
Electrical connection
43
Removing the appliance
43
Transportation
44
(Emptying the appliance)
44
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.52 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
2
( Safety instructions
2
Safety instructions
2
Before you switch ON the appliance
2
Delivery
3
1. Check the packaging and dishwasher immediately for damage caused in transit. Do not switch on a damaged appliance, but contact your supplier.
3
2. Please dispose of the packaging material in an environmentally friendly manner.
3
3. Do not let children play with packaging and its parts. There is a risk of suffocation from collapsible boxes and film.
3
Installation
3
In daily use
4
Childproof lock (door lock)Door lock *
4
Damage
4
Disposal
4
1. Make redundant appliances unusable to prevent subsequent accidents.
4
2. Dispose of the appliance in a n environmentally friendly manner.
4
m Warning
5
Risk of injury!
5
m Warning
5
Risk of explosion!
5
m Warning
5
Risk of scalding!
5
m Warning
5
Risks to children!
5
7 Protection of the environment
6
Protection of the environment
6
Packaging
6
Old appliances
6
* Getting to know your appliance
7
Getting to know your appliance
7
Control panel
7
Appliance interior
7
Overview of menu
7
Selecting language
8
Language
8
Setting
8
p:‹‚
8
p:‹ƒ
8
p:‹„
8
p:‹…
8
p:ܠ
8
p:‹‡
8
p:‹ˆ
8
p:‹‰
8
p:‹Š
8
p:‚‹
8
p:‚‚
8
p:‚ƒ
8
p:‚„
8
p:‚…
8
p:‚†
8
p:‚‡
8
p:‚ˆ
8
p:‚‰
8
p:‚Š
8
p:ƒ‹
8
p:ƒ‚
8
p:ƒƒ
8
p:ƒ„
8
To change the language:
8
1. Open the door.
8
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
8
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until the digital display 8 •:‹... is indicated.
8
4. Release both buttons.
8
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value p:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display 8.
8
6. Press programme button 3.
8
7. Press START button )".
8
8. Close the door.
8
Display window
8
+ Water softening system/Special salt
9
Water softening system/Special salt
9
Setting
9
1. Find out about the hardness value of your tap water. Your water utility company will help you with this.
9
2. Set value can be found in the water hardness table.
9
3. Open the door.
9
4. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
9
5. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
9
6. Release both buttons.
9
To change the setting:
9
1. Press programme button 3.
9
2. Press START button )".
9
3. Close the door.
9
Water hardness table
9
Using special salt
9
1. Open the screw-type cap of the compartment 1b.
10
2. Fill the tank with water (only required when switching on the appliance for the first time).
10
3. Then add dishwasher special salt (not table salt or tablets).
10
Using detergents with salt componentDetergents with salt component
10
Switching off salt refill indicator/water softening systemSwitching off water softening system
10
m Caution
10
, Rinse aid
10
Rinse aid
10
1. Open the dispenser 9* by pressing and lifting the plate on the cover.
11
2. Carefully pour rinse aid up to the max. mark in the filler opening.
11
3. Close cover until it clicks shut.
11
4. To prevent excessive foam formation during the next rinse cycle, remove any rinse aid which has run over with a cloth.
11
Setting amount of rinse aid
11
1. Open the door.
11
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
11
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
11
4. Release both buttons.
11
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value §:‹† is indicated on the digital display 8.
11
To change the setting:
11
1. Press programme button 3.
11
2. Press START button )".
11
3. Close the door.
11
Switching off rinse aid refill indicator
11
- Utensils
12
Utensils
12
Not suitable
12
Glass and utensil damage
12
Loading the dishwasher
12
1. Remove large food remnants. It is not necessary to prerinse utensils under running water.
12
2. Place the utensils so that
12
Unloading the dishwasher
12
Note
12
Cups and glasses
13
Note
13
Pans
13
Tip
13
Tip
13
Cutlery drawer
14
Folding spikesFolding spikes *
14
Small accessories holder *Small accessories holder
14
Adjusting the height of the basket
15
Appliance height 81.5 cm
15
16 cm
15
30 cm
15
18.5 cm
15
27.5 cm
15
21 cm
15
25 cm
15
Appliance height 86.5 cm
15
18 cm
15
33 cm
15
20.5 cm
15
30.5 cm
15
23 cm
15
28 cm
15
1. Pull out the top basket 12 out.
15
2. To lower the basket, press in the left and then the right lever on the outside of the basket. In doing so, hold the sides of the basket along the upper edge to prevent it from suddenly dropping.
15
3. To raise the basket, hold the basket on the sides of the upper edge and lift it up.
15
4. Before re-inserting the basket again, ensure that it is at the same height on both sides. Otherwise, the appliance door cannot be closed and the upper spray arm will not be connected to the water circuit.
15
. Detergent
15
Detergent
15
Note
15
m Warning
15
Adding detergent
16
1. If the detergent dispenser 92 is still closed, press the lock 9: to open the detergent dispenser.
16
2. Close the cover on the detergent dispenser by sliding it up until the lock engages without difficulty.
16
Tip
16
Combination detergent
17
m Warning
17
m Warning
17
Notes
17
Overview of programmes
18
The max. possible number of programmes is illustrated in this overview. The corresponding programmes and their arrangement can be found on the fascia.
18
Type of utensils
18
Type of soiling
18
Programme
18
Possible additional options
18
Programme sequence
18
Programme selection
18
Information for test institutes
19
0 Additional options
19
Additional options
19
Å Express WashPlus/ Speed PerfectPlus (VarioSpeedPlus) *Express WaschPlus/SpeedPerfectPlus (VarioSpeedPlus)
19
Half load§ Half load *
19
µ HygienePlus *HygienePlus
19
Ï Intensive zone *Intensive zone
19
ï High gloss drying *High gloss drying
19
ß Energy SaveEnergy Save *
19
1 Operating the appliance
20
Operating the appliance
20
Programme data
20
Aqua sensorAqua sensor *
20
Zeolith drying
20
m Caution
20
m Warning
20
Risk of injury!
20
Switching on the appliance
20
1. Turn on the tap fully.
20
2. Open the door.
20
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
20
4. Press the START button )".
20
5. Close the door.
20
Note
21
Remaining running time display
21
Onboard computer
21
1. Open the door.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display 8.
21
4. Release both buttons.
21
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ’:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display 8.
21
To change the setting:
21
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the on board computer (additional programme information) off ’:‹‹ or on ’:‹‚.
21
2. Press START button )".
21
3. Close the door.
21
Timer programming
21
1. Open the door.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Press the button ` + until ‹‚ is flaching in the timer programming display X.
21
4. Press + or – button until the ` displayed time corresponds with your requirements.
21
5. Press START button )", timer programming is activated.
21
6. To delete timer programming `, press the + or – button until ‹‹ is indicated on the digital display X.
21
7. Close the door.
21
End of programme
22
1. Open the door.
22
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
22
4. Release both buttons.
22
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ›:‹ƒ is indicated on the digital display 8.
22
To change the setting,
22
1. Press programme button 3. Each time the button is pressed, the set value increases by one level; when the value of ›:‹„ has been reached, the display jumps back to ›:‹‹ (off).
22
2. Press START button )", the set value is saved.
22
3. Close the door.
22
Automatic switch off after end of programme or interior light*Automatic switch off / interior light
22
1. Open the door.
22
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
22
4. Release both buttons.
22
5. Keep pressing programme button # until the value ˜:‹... is indicated on the numerical display 8.
22
To change the setting:
22
1. Press programme button 3.
22
2. Press START button )".
22
3. Close the door.
22
Switching off the appliance
23
1. Open the door.
23
2. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
23
3. Turn off the tap (not applicable if Aqua-Stop fitted).
23
4. Remove the utensils when they have cooled down.
23
Note
23
Interrupting the programme
23
1. Open the door.
23
2. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
23
3. To continue the programme, switch on the ON/OFF switch ( again.
23
4. Close the door.
23
Terminating the programmeTerminating the programme (Reset)
23
1. Open the door.
23
2. Press START button )" for approx. 3 sec.
23
3. Close the door.
23
4. Open the door.
23
5. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
23
6. Close the door.
23
Changing the programme
23
Intensive drying
23
1. Open the door.
23
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
23
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
23
4. Release both buttons.
24
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value š:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display 8.
24
To change the setting,
24
1. Press the button 3 to switch the Intensive drying on š:‹‚ or off š:‹‹.
24
2. Press START button )".
24
3. Close the door.
24
2 Cleaning and maintenance
24
Cleaning and maintenance
24
Overall condition of the machine
24
m Warning
24
Health hazard
24
Special salt and rinse aid
24
Filters
25
1. After each washing cycle check the filters for residue.
25
2. Unscrew filter cylinder as illustrated and take out filter system.
25
3. Remove any residue and clean filters under running water.
25
4. Re-install filter system in reverse sequence and ensure that the arrow marks are opposite each other after closing the filter system.
25
Spray arms
25
1. Check outlet nozzles on the spray arms for blockages.
25
2. Unscrew the upper spray arm 1:.
25
3. Remove the lower spray arm 1Z upwards.
25
4. Clean spray arms under running water.
25
5. Re-engage or screw on spray arms.
25
3 Fault, what to do?
26
Fault, what to do?
26
Note
26
m Warning
26
Error message in the display window
26
Waste water pump
27
m Warning
27
Risk of cuts!
27
1. First always disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
27
2. Take out top basket 12 and bottom basket 9".
27
3. Remove the filters 1j.
27
4. Scoop out water, use a sponge if required.
27
5. Prise out the white pump cover (as illustrated) using a spoon. Grip the cover on the crosspiece and lift diagonally inwards. Remove cover completely.
27
6. Check impeller wheel and remove any foreign objects.
27
7. Place cover in the original position and press down until it engages (click).
27
8. Install filters.
27
9. Re-insert baskets.
27
Fault table
28
Fault
28
Cause
28
Remedial action
28
4 Customer service
36
Customer service
36
5 Installation and connection
36
Installation and connection
36
1. Checking appliance on delivery
36
2. Installing the appliance
36
3. Waste water connection
36
4. Drinking water connection
36
5. Electrical connection
36
Product package
36
Safety instructions
36
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
37
Waste-water connection
37
1. The required work sequence can be found in the installation instructions. If required, fit a siphon with an drainage connection.
37
2. Connect the waste-water hose to the drainage connection of the siphon with the enclosed parts.
37
Drinking water connection
38
1. Fasten the drinking water connection to the tap according to the installation instructions using the enclosed parts.
38
2. When replacing the appliance, always use a new water supply hose.
38
Warm water connection *Warm water connection
38
Setting hot water:
38
1. Open the door.
38
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
38
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
38
4. Release both buttons.
38
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ‘:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display 8.
38
To change the setting:
38
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the hot water setting off ‘:‹‹ or on ‘:‹‚.
38
2. Press START button )".
38
3. Close the door.
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
1. Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
39
2. Turn off the water supply.
39
3. Undo the waste water and drinking water connection.
39
4. Loosen fastening screws for the furniture parts.
39
5. If fitted, remove the base panel.
39
6. Pull out the appliance, carefully pulling the hose behind.
39
Transportation
40
Drain the appliance according to the following steps:
40
1. Turn on the tap.
40
2. Open the door.
40
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
40
4. Select programme with the highest temperature.
40
5. Press START button )".
40
6. Close the door.
40
7. Open door after approx. 4 minutes.
40
8. Press START button )" until ‹:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display.
40
9. Close the door.
40
10. Open door after approx. 1 minute.
40
11. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
40
12. Turn off the tap, disconnect supply hose and drain water.
40
Protection against frostProtection against frost (Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.52 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
2
( Safety instructions
2
Safety instructions
2
Before you switch ON the appliance
2
Delivery
3
1. Check the packaging and dishwasher immediately for damage caused in transit. Do not switch on a damaged appliance, but contact your supplier.
3
2. Please dispose of the packaging material in an environmentally friendly manner.
3
3. Do not let children play with packaging and its parts. There is a risk of suffocation from collapsible boxes and film.
3
Installation
3
In daily use
4
Childproof lock (door lock)Door lock *
4
Damage
4
Disposal
4
1. Make redundant appliances unusable to prevent subsequent accidents.
4
2. Dispose of the appliance in a n environmentally friendly manner.
4
m Warning
5
Risk of injury!
5
m Warning
5
Risk of explosion!
5
m Warning
5
Risk of scalding!
5
m Warning
5
Risks to children!
5
7 Protection of the environment
6
Protection of the environment
6
Packaging
6
Old appliances
6
* Getting to know your appliance
7
Getting to know your appliance
7
Control panel
7
Appliance interior
7
Overview of menu
7
Selecting language
8
Language
8
Setting
8
p:‹‚
8
p:‹ƒ
8
p:‹„
8
p:‹…
8
p:ܠ
8
p:‹‡
8
p:‹ˆ
8
p:‹‰
8
p:‹Š
8
p:‚‹
8
p:‚‚
8
p:‚ƒ
8
p:‚„
8
p:‚…
8
p:‚†
8
p:‚‡
8
p:‚ˆ
8
p:‚‰
8
p:‚Š
8
p:ƒ‹
8
p:ƒ‚
8
p:ƒƒ
8
p:ƒ„
8
To change the language:
8
1. Open the door.
8
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
8
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until the digital display 8 •:‹... is indicated.
8
4. Release both buttons.
8
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value p:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display 8.
8
6. Press programme button 3.
8
7. Press START button )".
8
8. Close the door.
8
+ Water softening system/Special salt
8
Water softening system/Special salt
8
Setting
8
1. Find out about the hardness value of your tap water. Your water utility company will help you with this.
9
2. Set value can be found in the water hardness table.
9
3. Open the door.
9
4. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
9
5. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
9
6. Release both buttons.
9
To change the setting:
9
1. Press programme button 3.
9
2. Press START button )".
9
3. Close the door.
9
Water hardness table
9
Using special salt
9
1. Open the screw-type cap of the compartment 1b.
9
2. Fill the tank with water (only required when switching on the appliance for the first time).
9
3. Then add dishwasher salt (not table salt or tablets).
9
Using detergents with salt componentDetergents with salt component
9
Switching off salt refill indicator/water softening systemSwitching off water softening system
10
m Caution
10
, Rinse aid
10
Rinse aid
10
1. Open the dispenser 9* by pressing and lifting the plate on the cover.
10
2. Carefully pour rinse aid up to the max. mark in the filler opening.
10
3. Close cover until it clicks shut.
10
4. To prevent excessive foam formation during the next rinse cycle, remove any rinse aid which has run over with a cloth.
10
Setting amount of rinse aid
10
1. Open the door.
11
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
11
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
11
4. Release both buttons.
11
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value §:‹† is indicated on the digital display 8.
11
To change the setting:
11
1. Press programme button 3.
11
2. Press START button )".
11
3. Close the door.
11
Switching off rinse aid refill indicator
11
- Utensils
11
Utensils
11
Not suitable
11
Glass and utensil damage
11
Loading the dishwasher
12
1. Remove large food remnants. It is not necessary to prerinse utensils under running water.
12
2. Place the utensils so that
12
Unloading the dishwasher
12
Note
12
Cups and glasses
12
Note
12
Pans
13
Tip
13
Tip
13
Cutlery drawer
13
Folding spikesFolding spikes *
14
Small accessories holder *Small accessories holder
14
Adjusting the height of the basket
14
Appliance height 81.5 cm
14
16 cm
14
30 cm
14
18.5 cm
14
27.5 cm
14
21 cm
14
25 cm
14
Appliance height 86.5 cm
14
18 cm
14
33 cm
14
20.5 cm
14
30.5 cm
14
23 cm
14
28 cm
14
1. Pull out the top basket 12 out.
14
2. To lower the basket, press in the left and then the right lever on the outside of the basket. In doing so, hold the sides of the basket along the upper edge to prevent it from suddenly dropping.
14
3. To raise the basket, hold the basket on the sides of the upper edge and lift it up.
15
4. Before re-inserting the basket again, ensure that it is at the same height on both sides. Otherwise, the appliance door cannot be closed and the upper spray arm will not be connected to the water circuit.
15
. Detergent
15
Detergent
15
Note
15
m Warning
15
Adding detergent
15
1. If the detergent dispenser 92 is still closed, press the lock 9: to open the detergent dispenser.
15
2. Close the cover on the detergent dispenser by sliding it up until the lock engages without difficulty.
15
Tip
16
Combination detergent
16
m Warning
16
m Warning
16
Notes
16
Overview of programmes
17
The max. possible number of programmes is illustrated in this overview. The corresponding programmes and their arrangement can be found on the fascia.
17
Type of utensils
17
Type of soiling
17
Programme
17
Possible additional options
17
Programme sequence
17
Programme selection
17
Information for test institutes
18
0 Additional options
18
Additional options
18
Express Wash/ Speed Perfect (VarioSpeed)Ÿ Express Wash/ Speed Perfect/ (VarioSpeed) *
18
Half load§ Half load *
18
· Hygiene *Hygiene
18
Ï Intensive zone *Intensive zone
18
ï High gloss drying *High gloss drying
18
ß Energy SaveEnergy Save *
18
1 Operating the appliance
19
Operating the appliance
19
Programme data
19
Aqua sensorAqua sensor *
19
Zeolith drying
19
m Caution
19
m Warning
19
Risk of injury!
19
Switching on the appliance
19
1. Turn on the tap fully.
19
2. Open the door.
19
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
19
4. Press the START button )".
19
5. Close the door.
19
Note
20
Remaining running time display
20
Onboard computer
20
1. Open the door.
20
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
20
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display 8.
20
4. Release both buttons.
20
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ’:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display 8.
20
To change the setting:
20
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the on board computer (additional programme information) off ’:‹‹ or on ’:‹‚.
20
2. Press START button )".
20
3. Close the door.
20
Timer programming
20
1. Open the door.
20
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
20
3. Press the button ` + until ‹‚ is flaching in the timer programming display X.
20
4. Press + or – button until the ` displayed time corresponds with your requirements.
20
5. Press START button )", timer programming is activated.
20
6. To delete timer programming `, press the + or – button until ‹‹ is indicated on the digital display X.
20
7. Close the door.
20
End of programme
21
1. Open the door.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
21
4. Release both buttons.
21
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ›:‹ƒ is indicated on the digital display 8.
21
To change the setting,
21
1. Press programme button 3. Each time the button is pressed, the set value increases by one level; when the value of ›:‹„ has been reached, the display jumps back to ›:‹‹ (off).
21
2. Press START button )", the set value is saved.
21
3. Close the door.
21
Automatic switch off after end of programme or interior light*Automatic switch off / interior light
21
1. Open the door.
21
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
21
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
21
4. Release both buttons.
21
5. Keep pressing programme button # until the value ˜:‹... is indicated on the numerical display 8.
21
To change the setting:
21
1. Press programme button 3.
21
2. Press START button )".
21
3. Close the door.
21
Switching off the appliance
22
1. Open the door.
22
2. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Turn off the tap (not applicable if Aqua-Stop fitted).
22
4. Remove the utensils when they have cooled down.
22
Note
22
Interrupting the programme
22
1. Open the door.
22
2. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. To continue the programme, switch on the ON/OFF switch ( again.
22
4. Close the door.
22
Terminating the programmeTerminating the programme (Reset)
22
1. Open the door.
22
2. Press START button )" for approx. 3 sec.
22
3. Close the door.
22
4. Open the door.
22
5. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
22
6. Close the door.
22
Changing the programme
22
Intensive drying
22
1. Open the door.
22
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
22
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹.... is indicated on the digital display.
22
4. Release both buttons.
23
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value š:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display 8.
23
To change the setting,
23
1. Press the button 3 to switch the Intensive drying on š:‹‚ or off š:‹‹.
23
2. Press START button )".
23
3. Close the door.
23
2 Cleaning and maintenance
23
Cleaning and maintenance
23
Overall condition of the machine
23
m Warning
23
Health hazard
23
Special salt and rinse aid
23
Filters
24
1. After each washing cycle check the filters for residue.
24
2. Unscrew filter cylinder as illustrated and take out filter system.
24
3. Remove any residue and clean filters under running water.
24
4. Re-install filter system in reverse sequence and ensure that the arrow marks are opposite each other after closing the filter system.
24
Spray arms
24
1. Check outlet nozzles on the spray arms for blockages.
24
2. Unscrew the upper spray arm 1:.
24
3. Remove the lower spray arm 1Z upwards.
24
4. Clean spray arms under running water.
24
5. Re-engage or screw on spray arms.
24
3 Fault, what to do?
25
Fault, what to do?
25
Note
25
m Warning
25
Waste water pump
25
m Warning
25
Risk of cuts!
25
1. First always disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
25
2. Take out top basket 12 and bottom basket 9".
25
3. Remove the filters 1j.
25
4. Scoop out water, use a sponge if required.
25
5. Prise out the white pump cover (as illustrated) using a spoon. Grip the cover on the crosspiece and lift diagonally inwards. Remove cover completely.
25
6. Check impeller wheel and remove any foreign objects.
25
7. Place cover in the original position and press down until it engages (click).
25
8. Install filters.
25
9. Re-insert baskets.
25
Fault table
26
Fault
26
Cause
26
Remedial action
26
4 Customer service
34
Customer service
34
5 Installation and connection
34
Installation and connection
34
1. Checking appliance on delivery
34
2. Installing the appliance
34
3. Waste water connection
34
4. Drinking water connection
34
5. Electrical connection
34
Product package
34
Safety instructions
34
Delivery
35
Technical specifications
35
Installation
35
Waste-water connection
35
1. The required work sequence can be found in the installation instructions. If required, fit a siphon with an drainage connection.
35
2. Connect the waste-water hose to the drainage connection of the siphon with the enclosed parts.
35
Drinking water connection
36
1. Fasten the drinking water connection to the tap according to the installation instructions using the enclosed parts.
36
2. When replacing the appliance, always use a new water supply hose.
36
Warm water connection *Warm water connection
36
Setting hot water:
37
1. Open the door.
37
2. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
37
3. Hold down programme button # and press START button )" until •:‹... is indicated on the digital display.
37
4. Release both buttons.
37
5. Press programme button # until the factory set value ‘:‹‹ is indicated on the digital display 8.
37
To change the setting:
37
1. By pressing the 3 button, you can switch the hot water setting off ‘:‹‹ or on ‘:‹‚.
37
2. Press START button )".
37
3. Close the door.
37
Electrical connection
37
Removing the appliance
38
1. Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.
38
2. Turn off the water supply.
38
3. Undo the waste water and drinking water connection.
38
4. Loosen fastening screws for the furniture parts.
38
5. If fitted, remove the base panel.
38
6. Pull out the appliance, carefully pulling the hose behind.
38
Transportation
38
Drain the appliance according to the following steps:
38
1. Turn on the tap.
38
2. Open the door.
38
3. Switch on ON/OFF switch (.
38
4. Select programme with the highest temperature.
38
5. Press START button )".
38
6. Close the door.
38
7. Open door after approx. 4 minutes.
38
8. Press START button )" until ‹:‹‚ is indicated on the digital display.
38
9. Close the door.
38
10. Open door after approx. 1 minute.
38
11. Switch off ON/OFF switch (.
38
12. Turn off the tap, disconnect supply hose and drain water.
38
Protection against frostProtection against frost (Emptying the appliance)
38
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.16 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
26
Language
English
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
1.67 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
9
Special salt
10
Setting
10
Water hardness table
10
Using special salt
11
Detergents with salt component
11
system
11
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
12
indicator
13
Utensils
13
Not suitable
13
Glass and utensil damage
13
Loading the dishwasher
14
Unloading the dishwasher
14
Cups and glasses
14
Cutlery basket
15
Etagere
15
Folding spikes
16
Small accessories holder
16
Knife shelf
16
basket
16
Detergent
17
Adding detergent
18
Combination detergent
19
Overview of programmes
20
Programme selection
21
Information for test institutes
21
Additional options
21
(VarioSpeed)
21
Half load
21
Hygiene
21
Intensive zone
21
Extra drying
21
Operating the appliance
22
Programme data
22
Aqua sensor
22
Switching on the appliance
22
Remaining running time display
22
Timer programming
23
End of programme
23
after the end of the programme
23
Switching off the appliance
24
Interrupting the programme
24
Terminating the programme
24
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
Cleaning and maintenance
25
Overall condition of the machine
25
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
26
Spray arms
26
Fault, what to do?
27
Waste water pump
27
Fault table
28
Customer service
36
Installation and connection
36
Product package
36
Safety instructions
36
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
37
Waste-water connection
37
Drinking water connection
38
Warm water connection
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
Transportation
40
(Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.05 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
10
Special salt
10
Setting
11
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
13
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
indicator
14
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
15
Unloading the dishwasher
15
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery basket
16
Etagere
16
Folding spikes
17
Small accessories holder
17
Knife shelf
17
basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
19
Combination detergent
20
Overview of programmes
21
Programme selection
22
Information for test institutes
22
Additional options
22
(VarioSpeed)
22
Intensive zone
22
Hygiene
22
Half load
22
Extra drying
22
Operating the appliance
23
Programme data
23
Aqua sensor
23
Switching on the appliance
23
Timer programming
23
End of programme
24
Interrupting the programme
24
Terminating the programme
24
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
Cleaning and maintenance
25
Overall condition of the machine
25
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
26
Spray arms
26
Fault, what to do?
27
Waste water pump
27
Fault table
28
Customer service
36
connection
36
Product package
37
Safety instructions
37
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
38
Waste-water connection
38
Drinking water connection
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
Transportation
40
(Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
1.67 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
9
Special salt
10
Setting
10
Water hardness table
10
Using special salt
11
Detergents with salt component
11
system
11
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
indicator
13
Utensils
13
Not suitable
13
Glass and utensil damage
13
Loading the dishwasher
14
Unloading the dishwasher
14
Cups and glasses
14
Cutlery basket
15
Etagere
15
Folding spikes
16
Small accessories holder
16
Knife shelf
16
Adjusting the height of the basket
16
Detergent
17
Adding detergent
18
Combination detergent
19
Overview of programmes
20
Programme selection
21
Information for test institutes
21
Additional options
21
(VarioSpeedPlus)
21
Half load
21
HygienePlus
21
Intensive zone
21
Extra drying
21
Operating the appliance
22
Programme data
22
Aqua sensor
22
Switching on the appliance
22
Remaining running time display
22
Timer programming
23
End of programme
23
the end of the programme
23
Switching off the appliance
24
Interrupting the programme
24
Terminating the programme
24
Changing the programme
24
Intensive drying
24
Cleaning and maintenance
25
Overall condition of the machine
25
Special salt and rinse aid
25
Filters
26
Spray arms
26
Fault, what to do?
27
Waste water pump
27
Fault table
28
Customer service
36
Installation and connection
36
Product package
36
Safety instructions
36
Delivery
37
Technical specifications
37
Installation
37
Waste-water connection
37
Drinking water connection
38
Warm water connection
38
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
39
Transportation
40
(Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.10 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
40
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
5
the appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
6
In daily use
7
Door lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
your appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
10
Special salt
10
Setting
10
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
11
Detergents with salt component
11
softening system
11
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
12
aid refill indicator
12
Utensils
13
Not suitable
13
Glass and utensil damage
13
Loading the dishwasher
13
Unloading the dishwasher
13
Cups and glasses
14
Cutlery basket
15
Etagere
15
Folding spikes
15
Small accessories holder
15
Knife shelf
16
Adjusting the height of the basket
16
Detergent
17
Adding detergent
17
Combination detergent
18
Overview of programmes
19
Programme selection
20
Information for test institutes
20
Additional options
20
Speed Perfect (VarioSpeed)
20
Half load
20
Hygiene
20
Intensive zone
20
Extra drying
20
Operating the appliance
21
Programme data
21
Aqua sensor
21
Switching on the appliance
21
Remaining running time display
21
Timer programming
22
End of programme
22
the end of the programme
22
Switching off the appliance
23
Interrupting the programme
23
Terminating the programme
23
Changing the programme
23
Intensive drying
23
Cleaning and maintenance
24
Overall condition of the machine
24
Special salt and rinse aid
24
Filters
25
Spray arms
25
Fault, what to do?
26
Waste water pump
26
Fault table
27
Customer service
35
Installation and connection
35
Product package
35
Safety instructions
35
Delivery
36
Technical specifications
36
Installation
36
Waste-water connection
36
Drinking water connection
37
Warm water connection
37
Electrical connection
38
Removing the appliance
38
Transportation
38
(Emptying the appliance)
38
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
1.97 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
40
Language
English
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
Rinse aid
11
Setting amount of rinse aid
12
indicator
12
Utensils
12
Not suitable
12
Glass and utensil damage
12
Loading the dishwasher
13
Unloading the dishwasher
13
Cups and glasses
13
Cutlery basket
14
Etagere
14
Folding spikes
15
Small accessories holder
15
Knife shelf
15
basket
15
Detergent
16
Adding detergent
17
Overview of programmes
18
Programme selection
19
Information for test institutes
19
Additional options
20
(VarioSpeed)
20
Half load
20
Hygiene
20
Intensive zone
20
Extra drying
20
Operating the appliance
21
Aqua sensor
21
Switching on the appliance
21
Remaining running time display
21
Timer programming
21
End of programme
22
after the end of the programme
22
Switching off the appliance
22
Interrupting the programme
22
Terminating the programme
23
Changing the programme
23
Intensive drying
23
Cleaning and maintenance
23
Overall condition of the machine
23
Rinse aid
24
Filters
24
Spray arms
25
Fault, what to do?
25
Waste water pump
26
Fault table
27
Customer service
34
connection
34
Product package
34
Safety instructions
34
Delivery
35
Technical specifications
35
Installation
35
Waste-water connection
35
Drinking water connection
36
Warm water connection
36
Electrical connection
37
Removing the appliance
37
Transportation
38
(Emptying the appliance)
38
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.25 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
42
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
Special salt
11
Setting
11
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
13
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
indicator
14
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
15
Unloading the dishwasher
15
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery drawer
16
Folding spikes
17
Small accessories holder
17
basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
19
Combination detergent
20
Overview of programmes
21
Programme selection
22
Information for test institutes
22
Additional options
22
(VarioSpeed)
22
Half load
22
Hygiene
22
Intensive zone
22
Extra drying
22
Operating the appliance
23
Programme data
23
Aqua sensor
23
Switching on the appliance
23
Remaining running time display
23
Timer programming
24
End of programme
24
the end of the programme
24
Switching off the appliance
25
Interrupting the programme
25
Terminating the programme
25
Changing the programme
25
Intensive drying
25
Cleaning and maintenance
26
Overall condition of the machine
26
Special salt and rinse aid
26
Filters
27
Spray arms
27
Fault, what to do?
28
Waste water pump
28
Fault table
29
Customer service
37
connection
37
Product package
37
Safety instructions
37
Delivery
38
Technical specifications
38
Installation
38
Waste-water connection
38
Drinking water connection
39
Warm water connection
39
Electrical connection
39
Removing the appliance
40
Transportation
40
(Emptying the appliance)
40
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.90 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
52
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
5
Safety instructions
5
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
6
In daily use
7
Door lock
7
Button lock
8
Damage
9
Disposal
9
Environmental protection
11
Packaging
11
Old appliances
11
appliance
12
Control panel
12
Appliance interior
12
Overview of menu
13
Eco drying
14
special salt
15
Water hardness table
15
system
15
Using special salt
16
Detergent with a salt component
16
Switching off water softening unit
16
Rinse aid
17
Setting amount of rinse aid
17
component
18
indicator
18
Utensils
18
Not suitable
18
Glass and utensil damage
18
Loading the dishwasher
19
Upper basket
19
Lower basket
19
Cutlery basket
20
Cutlery drawer
20
Etagere
21
Folding spikes
21
Small items holder
21
Knife rack
22
Baking sheet spray head
22
Unloading the dishwasher
23
basket
23
Detergent
24
Adding detergent
25
Combination detergent
26
Overview of programmes
27
Programme selection
28
Information for test institutes
28
Additional functions
29
Save time (VarioSpeedPlus)
29
Half load
29
hygienePlus (HygienePlus)
29
intensiveZone
29
extraDry
29
Shine and Dry
29
Energy Save
29
Operating the appliance
30
Programme data
30
Changing the settings
30
AquaSensor
30
Sensor setting
30
ExtraDry
31
Auto Power Off
31
EmotionLight
31
Changing start programme
31
Tone volume
31
Button volume
32
Eco drying
32
Factory setting
32
Switching on the appliance
32
Remaining running time display
33
Time preselection
33
Programme end
33
Switching off the appliance
33
Interrupting the programme
34
Terminating the programme
34
Changing the programme
34
Cleaning and maintenance
34
Overall status of the dishwasher
34
Machine Care
35
Special salt and rinse aid
36
Filters
36
Spray arms
37
Fault, what to do?
37
Waste water pump
38
Fault table
39
Customer service
48
connection
48
Contents of package
48
Safety instructions
48
Delivery
49
Technical specifications
49
Installation
49
Drainage connection
49
Drinking water connection
50
Hot water connection
50
Electrical connection
51
Removal
51
Transporting
51
(Emptying the appliance)
51
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.31 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
5
Safety instructions
5
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
6
In daily use
7
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
8
Disposal
8
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
10
Control panel
10
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
Special salt
11
Setting
11
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
12
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
13
Setting amount of rinse aid
14
indicator
14
Utensils
15
Not suitable
15
Glass and utensil damage
15
Loading the dishwasher
15
Unloading the dishwasher
15
Cups and glasses
16
Cutlery drawer
17
Folding spikes
17
Small accessories holder
17
basket
18
Detergent
19
Adding detergent
19
Combination detergent
20
Overview of programmes
21
Programme selection
22
Information for test institutes
22
Additional options
22
(VarioSpeedPlus)
22
Half load
22
HygienePlus
22
Intensive zone
22
Extra drying
22
Operating the appliance
23
Programme data
23
Aqua sensor
23
Switching on the appliance
23
Programme sequence indicator
23
Remaining running time display
24
Timer programming
24
End of programme
24
interior light
24
Switching off the appliance
25
Interrupting the programme
25
Terminating the programme
26
Changing the programme
26
Intensive drying
26
Cleaning and maintenance
27
Overall condition of the machine
27
Special salt and rinse aid
27
Filters
28
Spray arms
28
Fault, what to do?
29
Waste water pump
29
Fault table
30
Customer service
38
connection
38
Product package
38
Safety instructions
38
Delivery
39
Technical specifications
39
Installation
39
Waste-water connection
39
Drinking water connection
40
Warm water connection
40
Electrical connection
41
Removing the appliance
41
Transportation
42
(Emptying the appliance)
42
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.31 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
Special salt
10
Setting
10
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
11
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
indicator
13
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
14
Unloading the dishwasher
14
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery drawer
16
Folding spikes
16
Small accessories holder
16
basket
17
Detergent
18
Adding detergent
18
Combination detergent
19
Overview of programmes
20
Programme selection
21
Information for test institutes
21
Additional options
21
(VarioSpeedPlus)
21
Half load
21
HygienePlus
21
Intensive zone
21
High gloss drying
21
Operating the appliance
22
Programme data
22
Aqua sensor
22
Zeolith drying
22
Switching on the appliance
23
Programme sequence indicator
23
Remaining running time display
23
Timer programming
23
End of programme
23
interior light
24
Switching off the appliance
25
Interrupting the programme
25
Terminating the programme
25
Changing the programme
25
Intensive drying
25
Cleaning and maintenance
26
Overall condition of the machine
26
Special salt and rinse aid
26
Filters
27
Spray arms
27
Fault, what to do?
28
Waste water pump
28
Fault table
29
Customer service
37
connection
37
Product package
38
Safety instructions
38
Delivery
38
Technical specifications
38
Installation
39
Waste-water connection
39
Drinking water connection
39
Warm water connection
40
Electrical connection
41
Removing the appliance
41
Transportation
42
(Emptying the appliance)
42
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
1.93 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
44
Language
English, Italian
Table of contents
Intended use
4
Safety instructions
4
appliance
5
Delivery
5
Installation
5
In daily use
6
Door lock
7
Button lock
7
Damage
7
Disposal
7
environment
9
Packaging
9
Old appliances
9
appliance
9
Control panel
9
Appliance interior
10
Overview of menu
10
Special salt
10
Setting
10
Water hardness table
11
Using special salt
11
Detergents with salt component
12
system
12
Rinse aid
12
Setting amount of rinse aid
13
indicator
13
Utensils
14
Not suitable
14
Glass and utensil damage
14
Loading the dishwasher
14
Unloading the dishwasher
14
Cups and glasses
15
Cutlery basket
15
Chopstick basket
16
Etagere
16
Folding spikes
16
Small accessories holder
17
Knife shelf
17
basket
17
Detergent
19
Adding detergent
19
Combination detergent
20
Overview of programmes
21
Programme selection
22
Information for test institutes
22
Additional options
22
(VarioSpeed)
22
Half load
22
HygienePlus
22
Intensive zone
22
Extra drying
22
Operating the appliance
23
Programme data
23
Aqua sensor
23
Switching on the appliance
23
Programme sequence indicator
23
Remaining running time display
24
Timer programming
24
End of programme
24
interior light
24
Switching off the appliance
25
Interrupting the programme
25
Terminating the programme
26
Changing the programme
26
Intensive drying
26
Cleaning and maintenance
27
Overall condition of the machine
27
Special salt and rinse aid
27
Filters
28
Spray arms
28
Fault, what to do?
29
Waste water pump
29
Fault table
30
Customer service
38
connection
38
Product package
38
Safety instructions
38
Delivery
39
Technical specifications
39
Installation
39
Waste-water connection
39
Drinking water connection
40
Warm water connection
40
Electrical connection
41
Removing the appliance
41
Transportation
42
(Emptying the appliance)
42
View document
Bosch Free-standing dishwasher User manual
Type
User manual
Brand
Bosch
Size
2.10 MB
Category
Dishwashers
Pages
36
Language
English
View document